"Fossies" - the Fresh Open Source Software Archive

Member "sssd-2.4.2/src/man/po/fi.po" (19 Feb 2021, 711268 Bytes) of package /linux/misc/sssd-2.4.2.tar.gz:


As a special service "Fossies" has tried to format the requested source page into HTML format using (guessed) PO translation source code syntax highlighting (style: standard) with prefixed line numbers. Alternatively you can here view or download the uninterpreted source code file.

    1 # Toni Rantala <trantalafilo@gmail.com>, 2017. #zanata
    2 msgid ""
    3 msgstr ""
    4 "Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 2.3.0\n"
    5 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
    6 "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-19 16:49+0100\n"
    7 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-01-12 16:38+0000\n"
    8 "Last-Translator: Jan Kuparinen <copper_fin@hotmail.com>\n"
    9 "Language-Team: Finnish <https://translate.fedoraproject.org/projects/sssd/"
   10 "sssd-manpage-master/fi/>\n"
   11 "Language: fi\n"
   12 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
   13 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
   14 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
   15 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
   16 "X-Generator: Weblate 4.4\n"
   17 
   18 #. type: Content of: <reference><title>
   19 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:5 sssd.conf.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5
   20 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:5 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5
   21 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:5 sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5
   22 #: sssd.8.xml:5 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 sss_override.8.xml:5 sss_useradd.8.xml:5
   23 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:5 sss_groupadd.8.xml:5 sss_userdel.8.xml:5
   24 #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:5 sss_groupshow.8.xml:5 sss_usermod.8.xml:5
   25 #: sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5
   26 #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5
   27 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 idmap_sss.8.xml:5 sssctl.8.xml:5
   28 #: sssd-files.5.xml:5 sssd-secrets.5.xml:5 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:5
   29 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:5 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:5
   30 msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
   31 msgstr "SSSD ohjesivut"
   32 
   33 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
   34 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:10 sss_groupmod.8.xml:15
   35 msgid "sss_groupmod"
   36 msgstr "sss_groupmod"
   37 
   38 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
   39 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:12 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:12
   40 #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11 sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11
   41 #: sss_override.8.xml:11 sss_useradd.8.xml:11 sss_groupadd.8.xml:11
   42 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupshow.8.xml:11
   43 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:11 sss_cache.8.xml:11 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11
   44 #: sss_seed.8.xml:11 idmap_sss.8.xml:11 sssctl.8.xml:11 sssd-kcm.8.xml:11
   45 msgid "8"
   46 msgstr "8"
   47 
   48 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
   49 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:16
   50 msgid "modify a group"
   51 msgstr "muokkaa ryhmää"
   52 
   53 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
   54 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:21
   55 msgid ""
   56 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
   57 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
   58 "arg>"
   59 msgstr ""
   60 
   61 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   62 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:30 sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:63
   63 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:30 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22
   64 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:21 sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21
   65 #: sssd.8.xml:29 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 sss_override.8.xml:30
   66 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21 sss_groupadd.8.xml:30
   67 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupshow.8.xml:30
   68 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:30 sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30
   69 #: sss_seed.8.xml:31 sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30
   70 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 idmap_sss.8.xml:20 sssctl.8.xml:30
   71 #: sssd-files.5.xml:21 sssd-secrets.5.xml:21 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:21
   72 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:21 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:21 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:21
   73 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
   74 msgstr "KUVAUS"
   75 
   76 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
   77 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:32
   78 msgid ""
   79 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes "
   80 "that are specified on the command line."
   81 msgstr ""
   82 
   83 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   84 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:39 pam_sss.8.xml:70 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:89 sssd.8.xml:42
   85 #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58 sss_useradd.8.xml:39 sss_groupadd.8.xml:39
   86 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupshow.8.xml:39
   87 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:39 sss_cache.8.xml:39 sss_seed.8.xml:42
   88 #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:123 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62
   89 msgid "OPTIONS"
   90 msgstr "VALINNAT"
   91 
   92 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
   93 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:43 sss_usermod.8.xml:77
   94 msgid ""
   95 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
   96 "replaceable>"
   97 msgstr ""
   98 
   99 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  100 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:48
  101 msgid ""
  102 "Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  103 "replaceable> parameter.  The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is "
  104 "a comma separated list of group names."
  105 msgstr ""
  106 
  107 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  108 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:57 sss_usermod.8.xml:91
  109 msgid ""
  110 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  111 "replaceable>"
  112 msgstr ""
  113 
  114 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  115 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:62
  116 msgid ""
  117 "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  118 "replaceable> parameter."
  119 msgstr ""
  120 
  121 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
  122 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:10 sssd.conf.5.xml:16
  123 msgid "sssd.conf"
  124 msgstr "sssd.conf"
  125 
  126 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
  127 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11
  128 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:11 sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11
  129 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
  130 #: sssd-files.5.xml:11 sssd-secrets.5.xml:11 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:11
  131 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:11
  132 msgid "5"
  133 msgstr "5"
  134 
  135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
  136 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12
  137 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:12 sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12
  138 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
  139 #: sssd-files.5.xml:12 sssd-secrets.5.xml:12 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:12
  140 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:12 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:12
  141 msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
  142 msgstr ""
  143 
  144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
  145 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:17
  146 msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
  147 msgstr ""
  148 
  149 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  150 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:21
  151 msgid "FILE FORMAT"
  152 msgstr ""
  153 
  154 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
  155 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:29
  156 #, no-wrap
  157 msgid ""
  158 "<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
  159 "<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
  160 "<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
  161 "            "
  162 msgstr ""
  163 
  164 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  165 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
  166 msgid ""
  167 "The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
  168 "section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
  169 "until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
  170 "valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  171 msgstr ""
  172 
  173 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  174 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:36
  175 msgid ""
  176 "The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
  177 "values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
  178 msgstr ""
  179 
  180 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  181 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:41
  182 msgid ""
  183 "A comment line starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
  184 "(<quote>;</quote>).  Inline comments are not supported."
  185 msgstr ""
  186 
  187 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  188 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:47
  189 msgid ""
  190 "All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
  191 "parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
  192 msgstr ""
  193 
  194 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  195 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:53
  196 msgid ""
  197 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
  198 "only root may read from or write to the file."
  199 msgstr ""
  200 
  201 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  202 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:59
  203 msgid "CONFIGURATION SNIPPETS FROM INCLUDE DIRECTORY"
  204 msgstr ""
  205 
  206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  207 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:62
  208 msgid ""
  209 "The configuration file <filename>sssd.conf</filename> will include "
  210 "configuration snippets using the include directory <filename>conf.d</"
  211 "filename>. This feature is available if SSSD was compiled with libini "
  212 "version 1.3.0 or later."
  213 msgstr ""
  214 
  215 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  216 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:69
  217 msgid ""
  218 "Any file placed in <filename>conf.d</filename> that ends in "
  219 "<quote><filename>.conf</filename></quote> and does not begin with a dot "
  220 "(<quote>.</quote>) will be used together with <filename>sssd.conf</filename> "
  221 "to configure SSSD."
  222 msgstr ""
  223 
  224 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  225 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:77
  226 msgid ""
  227 "The configuration snippets from <filename>conf.d</filename> have higher "
  228 "priority than <filename>sssd.conf</filename> and will override "
  229 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> when conflicts occur. If several snippets are "
  230 "present in <filename>conf.d</filename>, then they are included in "
  231 "alphabetical order (based on locale).  Files included later have higher "
  232 "priority. Numerical prefixes (<filename>01_snippet.conf</filename>, "
  233 "<filename>02_snippet.conf</filename> etc.) can help visualize the priority "
  234 "(higher number means higher priority)."
  235 msgstr ""
  236 
  237 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  238 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:91
  239 msgid ""
  240 "The snippet files require the same owner and permissions as <filename>sssd."
  241 "conf</filename>. Which are by default root:root and 0600."
  242 msgstr ""
  243 
  244 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  245 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:98
  246 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
  247 msgstr ""
  248 
  249 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  250 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:100
  251 msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
  252 msgstr ""
  253 
  254 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  255 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:104
  256 msgid "Options usable in all sections"
  257 msgstr ""
  258 
  259 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  260 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:108
  261 msgid "debug_level (integer)"
  262 msgstr "debug_level (integer)"
  263 
  264 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  265 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:112
  266 msgid "debug (integer)"
  267 msgstr ""
  268 
  269 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  270 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:115
  271 msgid ""
  272 "SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
  273 "for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
  274 "are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
  275 "used."
  276 msgstr ""
  277 
  278 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  279 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:125
  280 msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
  281 msgstr "debug_timestamps (bool)"
  282 
  283 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  284 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:128
  285 msgid ""
  286 "Add a timestamp to the debug messages.  If journald is enabled for SSSD "
  287 "debug logging this option is ignored."
  288 msgstr ""
  289 
  290 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  291 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:133 sssd.conf.5.xml:331 sssd.conf.5.xml:612
  292 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:941 sssd.conf.5.xml:1936 sssd.conf.5.xml:1966
  293 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:962 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1060 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1127
  294 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1579 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1644 sssd-ipa.5.xml:341
  295 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:229 sssd-ad.5.xml:343 sssd-ad.5.xml:1177 sssd-ad.5.xml:1325
  296 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:499 sssd-secrets.5.xml:351 sssd-secrets.5.xml:364
  297 msgid "Default: true"
  298 msgstr "Oletus:tosi"
  299 
  300 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  301 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:138
  302 msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
  303 msgstr ""
  304 
  305 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  306 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
  307 msgid ""
  308 "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages.  If journald is enabled "
  309 "for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
  310 msgstr ""
  311 
  312 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  313 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:146 sssd.conf.5.xml:609 sssd.conf.5.xml:823
  314 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1869 sssd.conf.5.xml:3686 sssd-ldap.5.xml:312
  315 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:813 sssd-ldap.5.xml:832 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1032
  316 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1463 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1668 sssd-ipa.5.xml:151
  317 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:253 sssd-ipa.5.xml:589 sssd-ad.5.xml:1083 sssd-krb5.5.xml:266
  318 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:300 sssd-krb5.5.xml:471 sssd-krb5.5.xml:573
  319 msgid "Default: false"
  320 msgstr "Oletus:epätosi"
  321 
  322 #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
  323 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:106 sssd.conf.5.xml:157 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1520
  324 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1691 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:82 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:143
  325 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:236 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:274 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:330
  326 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:40 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:646
  327 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:873
  328 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:970 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1028
  329 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1186 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1231
  330 #: include/autofs_attributes.xml:1
  331 msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  332 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  333 
  334 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  335 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:155
  336 msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
  337 msgstr ""
  338 
  339 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  340 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:159
  341 msgid "timeout (integer)"
  342 msgstr ""
  343 
  344 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  345 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:162
  346 msgid ""
  347 "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
  348 "ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests. Note "
  349 "that after three missed heartbeats the process will terminate itself."
  350 msgstr ""
  351 
  352 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  353 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:169 sssd.conf.5.xml:1161 sssd.conf.5.xml:1550
  354 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3702 sssd-ldap.5.xml:684 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:264
  355 msgid "Default: 10"
  356 msgstr ""
  357 
  358 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  359 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:179
  360 msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
  361 msgstr ""
  362 
  363 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  364 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:182
  365 msgid "The [sssd] section"
  366 msgstr ""
  367 
  368 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
  369 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:191 sssd.conf.5.xml:3791
  370 msgid "Section parameters"
  371 msgstr ""
  372 
  373 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  374 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:193
  375 msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
  376 msgstr ""
  377 
  378 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  379 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:196
  380 msgid ""
  381 "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
  382 "version 2."
  383 msgstr ""
  384 
  385 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  386 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:202
  387 msgid "services"
  388 msgstr "palvelut"
  389 
  390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:205
  392 msgid ""
  393 "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts.  "
  394 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> The services' list is optional on "
  395 "platforms where systemd is supported, as they will either be socket or D-Bus "
  396 "activated when needed.  </phrase>"
  397 msgstr ""
  398 
  399 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  400 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:214
  401 msgid ""
  402 "Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
  403 "<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase condition="
  404 "\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</"
  405 "phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
  406 msgstr ""
  407 
  408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  409 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:222
  410 msgid ""
  411 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> By default, all services are disabled "
  412 "and the administrator must enable the ones allowed to be used by executing: "
  413 "\"systemctl enable sssd-@service@.socket\".  </phrase>"
  414 msgstr ""
  415 
  416 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  417 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:231 sssd.conf.5.xml:683
  418 msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
  419 msgstr ""
  420 
  421 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  422 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:234 sssd.conf.5.xml:686
  423 msgid ""
  424 "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
  425 "Provider crash or restart before they give up"
  426 msgstr ""
  427 
  428 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  429 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:239 sssd.conf.5.xml:691 include/failover.xml:100
  430 msgid "Default: 3"
  431 msgstr ""
  432 
  433 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  434 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:244
  435 msgid "domains"
  436 msgstr "toimialueet"
  437 
  438 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  439 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:247
  440 msgid ""
  441 "A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
  442 "domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
  443 "start.  This parameter describes the list of domains in the order you want "
  444 "them to be queried.  A domain name is recommended to contain only "
  445 "alphanumeric ASCII characters, dashes, dots and underscores. '/' character "
  446 "is forbidden."
  447 msgstr ""
  448 
  449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  450 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:260 sssd.conf.5.xml:3203
  451 msgid "re_expression (string)"
  452 msgstr ""
  453 
  454 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  455 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:263
  456 msgid ""
  457 "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
  458 "user name and domain into these components."
  459 msgstr ""
  460 
  461 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  462 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:268
  463 msgid ""
  464 "Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
  465 "ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN SECTIONS "
  466 "for more info on these regular expressions."
  467 msgstr ""
  468 
  469 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  470 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:277 sssd.conf.5.xml:3251
  471 msgid "full_name_format (string)"
  472 msgstr ""
  473 
  474 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  475 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:280 sssd.conf.5.xml:3254
  476 msgid ""
  477 "A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
  478 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
  479 "fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
  480 msgstr ""
  481 
  482 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  483 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:291 sssd.conf.5.xml:3265
  484 msgid "%1$s"
  485 msgstr "%1$s"
  486 
  487 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  488 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:292 sssd.conf.5.xml:3266
  489 msgid "user name"
  490 msgstr "käyttäjänimi"
  491 
  492 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  493 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:295 sssd.conf.5.xml:3269
  494 msgid "%2$s"
  495 msgstr "%2$s"
  496 
  497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  498 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:298 sssd.conf.5.xml:3272
  499 msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
  500 msgstr ""
  501 
  502 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  503 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 sssd.conf.5.xml:3278
  504 msgid "%3$s"
  505 msgstr "%3$s"
  506 
  507 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  508 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 sssd.conf.5.xml:3281
  509 msgid ""
  510 "domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
  511 "configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
  512 msgstr ""
  513 
  514 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  515 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:288 sssd.conf.5.xml:3262
  516 msgid ""
  517 "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
  518 "id=\"0\"/>"
  519 msgstr ""
  520 
  521 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  522 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:317
  523 msgid ""
  524 "Each domain can have an individual format string configured.  See DOMAIN "
  525 "SECTIONS for more info on this option."
  526 msgstr ""
  527 
  528 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  529 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:323
  530 msgid "monitor_resolv_conf (boolean)"
  531 msgstr ""
  532 
  533 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  534 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:326
  535 msgid ""
  536 "Controls if SSSD should monitor the state of resolv.conf to identify when it "
  537 "needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
  538 msgstr ""
  539 
  540 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  541 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:336
  542 msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
  543 msgstr ""
  544 
  545 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  546 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:339
  547 msgid ""
  548 "By default, SSSD will attempt to use inotify to monitor configuration files "
  549 "changes and will fall back to polling every five seconds if inotify cannot "
  550 "be used."
  551 msgstr ""
  552 
  553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  554 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:345
  555 msgid ""
  556 "There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
  557 "even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
  558 "to 'false'"
  559 msgstr ""
  560 
  561 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  562 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:351
  563 msgid ""
  564 "Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
  565 "platforms."
  566 msgstr ""
  567 
  568 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  569 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:355
  570 msgid ""
  571 "Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
  572 "unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
  573 msgstr ""
  574 
  575 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  576 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:362
  577 msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
  578 msgstr ""
  579 
  580 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  581 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:365
  582 msgid ""
  583 "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
  584 "files."
  585 msgstr ""
  586 
  587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:369
  589 msgid ""
  590 "This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
  591 "SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
  592 msgstr ""
  593 
  594 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  595 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:375
  596 msgid ""
  597 "Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
  598 "(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
  599 msgstr ""
  600 
  601 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  602 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
  603 msgid "user (string)"
  604 msgstr ""
  605 
  606 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  607 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:385
  608 msgid ""
  609 "The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
  610 "root user.  <phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> This option does not work "
  611 "when running socket-activated services, as the user set up to run the "
  612 "processes is set up during compilation time.  The way to override the "
  613 "systemd unit files is by creating the appropriate files in /etc/systemd/"
  614 "system/.  Keep in mind that any change in the socket user, group or "
  615 "permissions may result in a non-usable SSSD. The same may occur in case of "
  616 "changes of the user running the NSS responder.  </phrase>"
  617 msgstr ""
  618 
  619 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  620 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:403
  621 msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
  622 msgstr ""
  623 
  624 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  625 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:408
  626 msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
  627 msgstr ""
  628 
  629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  630 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:411
  631 msgid ""
  632 "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
  633 "domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
  634 "domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
  635 "trusted domain.  The option allows those users to log in just with their "
  636 "user name without giving a domain name as well."
  637 msgstr ""
  638 
  639 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  640 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:421
  641 msgid ""
  642 "Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
  643 "have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
  644 "Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
  645 "is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
  646 "set to False. One exception from this rule are domains with "
  647 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> that always try to match the behaviour of "
  648 "nss_files and therefore their output is not qualified even when the "
  649 "default_domain_suffix option is used."
  650 msgstr ""
  651 
  652 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  653 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:436 sssd.conf.5.xml:1348 sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
  654 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap.5.xml:876 sssd-ad.5.xml:897 sssd-ad.5.xml:972
  655 #: sssd.8.xml:126 sssd-krb5.5.xml:410 sssd-krb5.5.xml:609
  656 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:339 sssd-secrets.5.xml:377 sssd-secrets.5.xml:390
  657 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:404 sssd-secrets.5.xml:415 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:470
  658 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:959 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:205
  659 #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:216
  660 msgid "Default: not set"
  661 msgstr "Oletus: ei asetettu"
  662 
  663 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  664 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
  665 msgid "override_space (string)"
  666 msgstr ""
  667 
  668 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  669 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:444
  670 msgid ""
  671 "This parameter will replace spaces (space bar)  with the given character for "
  672 "user and group names.  e.g. (_). User name &quot;john doe&quot; will be "
  673 "&quot;john_doe&quot; This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
  674 "scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
  675 "separator in the shell."
  676 msgstr ""
  677 
  678 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  679 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:453
  680 msgid ""
  681 "Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
  682 "might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
  683 "character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
  684 "of a lookup is undefined."
  685 msgstr ""
  686 
  687 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  688 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:461
  689 msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
  690 msgstr "Oletus: ei asetettu(välilyöntejä ei korvata)"
  691 
  692 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  693 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:466
  694 msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
  695 msgstr ""
  696 
  697 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  698 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:474
  699 msgid "no_ocsp"
  700 msgstr ""
  701 
  702 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  703 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:476
  704 msgid ""
  705 "Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
  706 "needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
  707 "the client."
  708 msgstr ""
  709 
  710 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  711 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:484
  712 msgid "soft_ocsp"
  713 msgstr ""
  714 
  715 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  716 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:486
  717 msgid ""
  718 "If a connection cannot be established to an OCSP responder the OCSP check is "
  719 "skipped.  This option should be used to allow authentication when the system "
  720 "is offline and the OCSP responder cannot be reached."
  721 msgstr ""
  722 
  723 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  724 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:496
  725 msgid "ocsp_dgst"
  726 msgstr ""
  727 
  728 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  729 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
  730 msgid ""
  731 "Digest (hash) function used to create the certificate ID for the OCSP "
  732 "request. Allowed values are:"
  733 msgstr ""
  734 
  735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  736 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:502
  737 msgid "sha1"
  738 msgstr ""
  739 
  740 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  741 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:503
  742 msgid "sha256"
  743 msgstr ""
  744 
  745 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  746 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:504
  747 msgid "sha384"
  748 msgstr ""
  749 
  750 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  751 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:505
  752 msgid "sha512"
  753 msgstr ""
  754 
  755 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  756 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:508
  757 msgid "Default: sha1 (to allow compatibility with RFC5019-compliant responder)"
  758 msgstr ""
  759 
  760 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  761 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:514
  762 msgid "no_verification"
  763 msgstr ""
  764 
  765 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  766 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:516
  767 msgid ""
  768 "Disables verification completely.  This option should only be used for "
  769 "testing."
  770 msgstr ""
  771 
  772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  773 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:522
  774 msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
  775 msgstr ""
  776 
  777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  778 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:524
  779 msgid ""
  780 "Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
  781 "mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
  782 "default responder e.g.  http://example.com:80/ocsp."
  783 msgstr ""
  784 
  785 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  786 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:534
  787 msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
  788 msgstr ""
  789 
  790 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  791 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:536
  792 msgid ""
  793 "This option is currently ignored. All needed certificates must be available "
  794 "in the PEM file given by pam_cert_db_path."
  795 msgstr ""
  796 
  797 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  798 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:544
  799 msgid "crl_file=/PATH/TO/CRL/FILE"
  800 msgstr ""
  801 
  802 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  803 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:546
  804 msgid ""
  805 "Use the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) from the given file during the "
  806 "verification of the certificate. The CRL must be given in PEM format, see "
  807 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>crl</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1ssl</"
  808 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
  809 msgstr ""
  810 
  811 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  812 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:559
  813 msgid "soft_crl"
  814 msgstr ""
  815 
  816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  817 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:562
  818 msgid ""
  819 "If a Certificate Revocation List (CRL)  is expired ignore the CRL checks for "
  820 "the related certificates. This option should be used to allow authentication "
  821 "when the system is offline and the CRL cannot be renewed."
  822 msgstr ""
  823 
  824 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  825 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:469
  826 msgid ""
  827 "With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
  828 "separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder type="
  829 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  830 msgstr ""
  831 
  832 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  833 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:573
  834 msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
  835 msgstr ""
  836 
  837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  838 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:576
  839 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate verification"
  840 msgstr ""
  841 
  842 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  843 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:582
  844 msgid "disable_netlink (boolean)"
  845 msgstr ""
  846 
  847 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  848 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:585
  849 msgid ""
  850 "SSSD hooks into the netlink interface to monitor changes to routes, "
  851 "addresses, links and trigger certain actions."
  852 msgstr ""
  853 
  854 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  855 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:590
  856 msgid ""
  857 "The SSSD state changes caused by netlink events may be undesirable and can "
  858 "be disabled by setting this option to 'true'"
  859 msgstr ""
  860 
  861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:595
  863 msgid "Default: false (netlink changes are detected)"
  864 msgstr ""
  865 
  866 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  867 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:600
  868 msgid "enable_files_domain (boolean)"
  869 msgstr ""
  870 
  871 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  872 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:603
  873 msgid ""
  874 "When this option is enabled, SSSD prepends an implicit domain with "
  875 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> before any explicitly configured domains."
  876 msgstr ""
  877 
  878 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  879 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:617
  880 msgid "domain_resolution_order"
  881 msgstr ""
  882 
  883 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  884 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:620
  885 msgid ""
  886 "Comma separated list of domains and subdomains representing the lookup order "
  887 "that will be followed.  The list doesn't have to include all possible "
  888 "domains as the missing domains will be looked up based on the order they're "
  889 "presented in the <quote>domains</quote> configuration option.  The "
  890 "subdomains which are not listed as part of <quote>lookup_order</quote> will "
  891 "be looked up in a random order for each parent domain."
  892 msgstr ""
  893 
  894 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  895 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:632
  896 msgid ""
  897 "Please, note that when this option is set the output format of all commands "
  898 "is always fully-qualified even when using short names for input, for all "
  899 "users but the ones managed by the files provider.  In case the administrator "
  900 "wants the output not fully-qualified, the full_name_format option can be "
  901 "used as shown below: <quote>full_name_format=%1$s</quote> However, keep in "
  902 "mind that during login, login applications often canonicalize the username "
  903 "by calling <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> "
  904 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> which, if a shortname is returned "
  905 "for a qualified input (while trying to reach a user which exists in multiple "
  906 "domains) might re-route the login attempt into the domain which uses "
  907 "shortnames, making this workaround totally not recommended in cases where "
  908 "usernames may overlap between domains."
  909 msgstr ""
  910 
  911 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  912 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:657 sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 sssd.conf.5.xml:3752
  913 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:164 sssd-ad.5.xml:304 sssd-ad.5.xml:318
  914 msgid "Default: Not set"
  915 msgstr ""
  916 
  917 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  918 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:184
  919 msgid ""
  920 "Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
  921 "services that are started and stopped together with SSSD.  The services are "
  922 "managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
  923 "<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
  924 "some other important options like the identity domains.  <placeholder type="
  925 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  926 msgstr ""
  927 
  928 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  929 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:668
  930 msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
  931 msgstr ""
  932 
  933 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  934 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:670
  935 msgid ""
  936 "Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
  937 "this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
  938 "section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
  939 "quote>"
  940 msgstr ""
  941 
  942 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  943 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:677
  944 msgid "General service configuration options"
  945 msgstr ""
  946 
  947 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  948 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:679
  949 msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
  950 msgstr ""
  951 
  952 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  953 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:696
  954 msgid "fd_limit"
  955 msgstr "fd_limit"
  956 
  957 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  958 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:699
  959 msgid ""
  960 "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
  961 "opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
  962 "the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
  963 "systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
  964 "of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
  965 msgstr ""
  966 
  967 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  968 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:708
  969 msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
  970 msgstr ""
  971 
  972 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  973 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:713
  974 msgid "client_idle_timeout"
  975 msgstr "client_idle_timeout"
  976 
  977 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  978 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:716
  979 msgid ""
  980 "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
  981 "can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
  982 "limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system. The timeout "
  983 "can't be shorter than 10 seconds. If a lower value is configured, it will be "
  984 "adjusted to 10 seconds."
  985 msgstr ""
  986 
  987 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  988 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:725
  989 msgid "Default: 60, KCM: 300"
  990 msgstr ""
  991 
  992 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  993 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:730
  994 msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
  995 msgstr "offline_timeout (integeri)"
  996 
  997 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  998 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:733
  999 msgid ""
 1000 "When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
 1001 "back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected.  This "
 1002 "value is in seconds and calculated by the following:"
 1003 msgstr ""
 1004 
 1005 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1006 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:740
 1007 msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
 1008 msgstr ""
 1009 
 1010 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1011 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:743
 1012 msgid ""
 1013 "The random offset value is from 0 to 30.  After each unsuccessful attempt to "
 1014 "go online, the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
 1015 msgstr ""
 1016 
 1017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1018 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:748
 1019 msgid "new_interval = (old_interval * 2) + random_offset"
 1020 msgstr ""
 1021 
 1022 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1023 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:751
 1024 msgid ""
 1025 "Note that the maximum length of each interval is defined by "
 1026 "offline_timeout_max, which defaults to one hour. If the calculated length of "
 1027 "new_interval is greater than offline_timeout_max, it will be forced to the "
 1028 "offline_timeout_max value."
 1029 msgstr ""
 1030 
 1031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1032 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:758 sssd.conf.5.xml:1072 sssd.conf.5.xml:1414
 1033 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 sssd-ldap.5.xml:469
 1034 msgid "Default: 60"
 1035 msgstr ""
 1036 
 1037 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1038 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:763
 1039 #, fuzzy
 1040 #| msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
 1041 msgid "offline_timeout_max (integer)"
 1042 msgstr "offline_timeout (integeri)"
 1043 
 1044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1045 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:766
 1046 msgid ""
 1047 "Controls by how much the time between attempts to go online can be "
 1048 "incremented following unsuccessful attempts to go online."
 1049 msgstr ""
 1050 
 1051 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1052 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
 1053 msgid "A value of 0 disables the incrementing behaviour."
 1054 msgstr ""
 1055 
 1056 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1057 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:774
 1058 msgid ""
 1059 "The value of this parameter should be set in correlation to offline_timeout "
 1060 "parameter value."
 1061 msgstr ""
 1062 
 1063 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1064 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:778
 1065 msgid ""
 1066 "With offline_timeout set to 60 (default value) there is no point in setting "
 1067 "offlinet_timeout_max to less than 120 as it will saturate instantly. General "
 1068 "rule here should be to set offline_timeout_max to at least 4 times "
 1069 "offline_timeout."
 1070 msgstr ""
 1071 
 1072 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1073 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:784
 1074 msgid ""
 1075 "Although a value between 0 and offline_timeout may be specified, it has the "
 1076 "effect of overriding the offline_timeout value so is of little use."
 1077 msgstr ""
 1078 
 1079 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1080 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:789
 1081 #, fuzzy
 1082 #| msgid "Default: true"
 1083 msgid "Default: 3600"
 1084 msgstr "Oletus:tosi"
 1085 
 1086 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1087 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:794
 1088 msgid "responder_idle_timeout"
 1089 msgstr ""
 1090 
 1091 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1092 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:797
 1093 msgid ""
 1094 "This option specifies the number of seconds that an SSSD responder process "
 1095 "can be up without being used. This value is limited in order to avoid "
 1096 "resource exhaustion on the system.  The minimum acceptable value for this "
 1097 "option is 60 seconds.  Setting this option to 0 (zero) means that no timeout "
 1098 "will be set up to the responder.  This option only has effect when SSSD is "
 1099 "built with systemd support and when services are either socket or D-Bus "
 1100 "activated."
 1101 msgstr ""
 1102 
 1103 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1104 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:811 sssd.conf.5.xml:1085 sssd.conf.5.xml:2090
 1105 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:326
 1106 msgid "Default: 300"
 1107 msgstr ""
 1108 
 1109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1110 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:816
 1111 msgid "cache_first"
 1112 msgstr ""
 1113 
 1114 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1115 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:819
 1116 msgid ""
 1117 "This option specifies whether the responder should query all caches before "
 1118 "querying the Data Providers."
 1119 msgstr ""
 1120 
 1121 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1122 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:831
 1123 msgid "NSS configuration options"
 1124 msgstr ""
 1125 
 1126 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1127 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:833
 1128 msgid ""
 1129 "These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
 1130 msgstr ""
 1131 
 1132 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1133 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:838
 1134 msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1135 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (integeri)"
 1136 
 1137 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1138 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:841
 1139 msgid ""
 1140 "How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
 1141 "all users)"
 1142 msgstr ""
 1143 
 1144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1145 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:845
 1146 msgid "Default: 120"
 1147 msgstr ""
 1148 
 1149 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1150 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:850
 1151 msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
 1152 msgstr ""
 1153 
 1154 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1155 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:853
 1156 msgid ""
 1157 "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
 1158 "if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
 1159 "for the domain."
 1160 msgstr ""
 1161 
 1162 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1163 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:859
 1164 msgid ""
 1165 "For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
 1166 "entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
 1167 "after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
 1168 "but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
 1169 "requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
 1170 msgstr ""
 1171 
 1172 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1173 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:869
 1174 msgid ""
 1175 "Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
 1176 "entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
 1177 "percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds.  (0 "
 1178 "disables this feature)"
 1179 msgstr ""
 1180 
 1181 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1182 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:877 sssd.conf.5.xml:1890
 1183 msgid "Default: 50"
 1184 msgstr ""
 1185 
 1186 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1187 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:882
 1188 msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1189 msgstr ""
 1190 
 1191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1192 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:885
 1193 msgid ""
 1194 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
 1195 "(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones)  "
 1196 "before asking the back end again."
 1197 msgstr ""
 1198 
 1199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1200 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:891 sssd.conf.5.xml:1914
 1201 msgid "Default: 15"
 1202 msgstr ""
 1203 
 1204 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1205 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:896
 1206 msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1207 msgstr ""
 1208 
 1209 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1210 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:899
 1211 msgid ""
 1212 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
 1213 "negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again. Setting "
 1214 "the option to 0 disables this feature."
 1215 msgstr ""
 1216 
 1217 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1218 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:905
 1219 msgid "Default: 14400 (4 hours)"
 1220 msgstr ""
 1221 
 1222 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1223 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:910
 1224 msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
 1225 msgstr ""
 1226 
 1227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1228 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:913
 1229 msgid ""
 1230 "Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
 1231 "database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
 1232 "also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
 1233 "from the particular domain or by a user principal name (UPN)."
 1234 msgstr ""
 1235 
 1236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1237 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:921
 1238 msgid ""
 1239 "NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
 1240 "members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
 1241 "NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
 1242 "member users of the latter listed."
 1243 msgstr ""
 1244 
 1245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1246 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:929
 1247 msgid "Default: root"
 1248 msgstr ""
 1249 
 1250 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1251 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:934
 1252 msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
 1253 msgstr ""
 1254 
 1255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1256 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:937
 1257 msgid ""
 1258 "If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
 1259 msgstr ""
 1260 
 1261 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1262 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:948
 1263 msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
 1264 msgstr ""
 1265 
 1266 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1267 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:951
 1268 msgid ""
 1269 "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
 1270 "explicitly by the domain's data provider."
 1271 msgstr ""
 1272 
 1273 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1274 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:956
 1275 msgid ""
 1276 "The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
 1277 msgstr ""
 1278 
 1279 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1280 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:962
 1281 #, no-wrap
 1282 msgid ""
 1283 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1284 "                            "
 1285 msgstr ""
 1286 
 1287 #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1288 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:960 sssd.conf.5.xml:1481 sssd.conf.5.xml:1500
 1289 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:592 include/override_homedir.xml:59
 1290 msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1291 msgstr ""
 1292 
 1293 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1294 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:966
 1295 msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 1296 msgstr ""
 1297 
 1298 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:972
 1300 msgid "override_shell (string)"
 1301 msgstr ""
 1302 
 1303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1304 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:975
 1305 msgid ""
 1306 "Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
 1307 "shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
 1308 "or per-domain."
 1309 msgstr ""
 1310 
 1311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:981
 1313 msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
 1314 msgstr ""
 1315 
 1316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1317 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:987
 1318 msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
 1319 msgstr ""
 1320 
 1321 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1322 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:990
 1323 msgid ""
 1324 "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
 1325 msgstr ""
 1326 
 1327 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1328 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:993
 1329 msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
 1330 msgstr ""
 1331 
 1332 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1333 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:997
 1334 msgid ""
 1335 "2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
 1336 "quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
 1337 msgstr ""
 1338 
 1339 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1340 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1002
 1341 msgid ""
 1342 "3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
 1343 "shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
 1344 msgstr ""
 1345 
 1346 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1347 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1007
 1348 msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
 1349 msgstr ""
 1350 
 1351 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1352 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1010
 1353 msgid ""
 1354 "The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
 1355 "shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
 1356 "allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
 1357 msgstr ""
 1358 
 1359 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1360 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1017
 1361 msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
 1362 msgstr ""
 1363 
 1364 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1365 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1020
 1366 msgid ""
 1367 "The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
 1368 "that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
 1369 msgstr ""
 1370 
 1371 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1372 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1024
 1373 msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
 1374 msgstr ""
 1375 
 1376 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1377 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1029
 1378 msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
 1379 msgstr ""
 1380 
 1381 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1382 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1032
 1383 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
 1384 msgstr ""
 1385 
 1386 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1387 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1037
 1388 msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
 1389 msgstr ""
 1390 
 1391 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1392 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1040
 1393 msgid ""
 1394 "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
 1395 msgstr ""
 1396 
 1397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1398 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1044
 1399 msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
 1400 msgstr ""
 1401 
 1402 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1403 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1049
 1404 msgid "default_shell"
 1405 msgstr ""
 1406 
 1407 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1408 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1052
 1409 msgid ""
 1410 "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
 1411 "This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
 1412 msgstr ""
 1413 
 1414 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1415 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058
 1416 msgid ""
 1417 "Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
 1418 "substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
 1419 msgstr ""
 1420 
 1421 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1422 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1065 sssd.conf.5.xml:1407
 1423 msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
 1424 msgstr ""
 1425 
 1426 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1427 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1068 sssd.conf.5.xml:1410
 1428 msgid ""
 1429 "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
 1430 "considered valid."
 1431 msgstr ""
 1432 
 1433 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1434 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077
 1435 #, fuzzy
 1436 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1437 msgid "memcache_timeout (integer)"
 1438 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (integeri)"
 1439 
 1440 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1441 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1080
 1442 msgid ""
 1443 "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
 1444 "valid. Setting this option to zero will disable the in-memory cache."
 1445 msgstr ""
 1446 
 1447 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1448 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1088
 1449 msgid ""
 1450 "WARNING: Disabling the in-memory cache will have significant negative impact "
 1451 "on SSSD's performance and should only be used for testing."
 1452 msgstr ""
 1453 
 1454 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1455 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1094 sssd.conf.5.xml:1119 sssd.conf.5.xml:1144
 1456 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
 1457 msgid ""
 1458 "NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
 1459 "client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
 1460 msgstr ""
 1461 
 1462 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1463 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1102
 1464 #, fuzzy
 1465 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1466 msgid "memcache_size_passwd (integer)"
 1467 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (integeri)"
 1468 
 1469 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1470 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1105
 1471 msgid ""
 1472 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1473 "for passwd requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the passwd in-"
 1474 "memory cache."
 1475 msgstr ""
 1476 
 1477 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1478 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1111 sssd.conf.5.xml:2623 sssd-ldap.5.xml:513
 1479 msgid "Default: 8"
 1480 msgstr ""
 1481 
 1482 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1483 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1114 sssd.conf.5.xml:1139 sssd.conf.5.xml:1164
 1484 msgid ""
 1485 "WARNING: Disabled or too small in-memory cache can have significant negative "
 1486 "impact on SSSD's performance."
 1487 msgstr ""
 1488 
 1489 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1490 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1127
 1491 #, fuzzy
 1492 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1493 msgid "memcache_size_group (integer)"
 1494 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (integeri)"
 1495 
 1496 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1497 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1130
 1498 msgid ""
 1499 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1500 "for group requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the group in-memory "
 1501 "cache."
 1502 msgstr ""
 1503 
 1504 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1505 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136 sssd.conf.5.xml:3340 sssd-ldap.5.xml:453
 1506 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:495 sssd-krb5.5.xml:248 include/failover.xml:116
 1507 msgid "Default: 6"
 1508 msgstr ""
 1509 
 1510 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1511 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1152
 1512 #, fuzzy
 1513 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1514 msgid "memcache_size_initgroups (integer)"
 1515 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (integeri)"
 1516 
 1517 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1518 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1155
 1519 msgid ""
 1520 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1521 "for initgroups requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the initgroups "
 1522 "in-memory cache."
 1523 msgstr ""
 1524 
 1525 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1526 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1177 sssd-ifp.5.xml:74
 1527 msgid "user_attributes (string)"
 1528 msgstr ""
 1529 
 1530 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1531 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1180
 1532 msgid ""
 1533 "Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
 1534 "than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
 1535 "attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
 1536 "<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
 1537 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 1538 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
 1539 msgstr ""
 1540 
 1541 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1542 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1193
 1543 msgid ""
 1544 "To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
 1545 "option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
 1546 msgstr ""
 1547 
 1548 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1549 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1198
 1550 msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
 1551 msgstr ""
 1552 
 1553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1554 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1203
 1555 msgid "pwfield (string)"
 1556 msgstr ""
 1557 
 1558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206
 1560 msgid ""
 1561 "The value that NSS operations that return users or groups will return for "
 1562 "the <quote>password</quote> field."
 1563 msgstr ""
 1564 
 1565 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1566 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1211
 1567 #, fuzzy
 1568 #| msgid "Default: not set"
 1569 msgid "Default: <quote>*</quote>"
 1570 msgstr "Oletus: ei asetettu"
 1571 
 1572 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1573 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1214
 1574 msgid ""
 1575 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 1576 "[nss] section."
 1577 msgstr ""
 1578 
 1579 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1580 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1218
 1581 msgid ""
 1582 "Default: <quote>not set</quote> (remote domains), <quote>x</quote> (the "
 1583 "files domain), <quote>x</quote> (proxy domain with nss_files and sssd-"
 1584 "shadowutils target)"
 1585 msgstr ""
 1586 
 1587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1228
 1589 msgid "PAM configuration options"
 1590 msgstr ""
 1591 
 1592 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1593 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1230
 1594 msgid ""
 1595 "These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
 1596 "(PAM) service."
 1597 msgstr ""
 1598 
 1599 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1600 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1235
 1601 msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
 1602 msgstr ""
 1603 
 1604 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1605 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1238
 1606 msgid ""
 1607 "If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
 1608 "logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
 1609 msgstr ""
 1610 
 1611 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1612 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1243 sssd.conf.5.xml:1256
 1613 msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
 1614 msgstr ""
 1615 
 1616 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1617 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1249
 1618 msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
 1619 msgstr ""
 1620 
 1621 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1622 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1252
 1623 msgid ""
 1624 "If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
 1625 "are allowed."
 1626 msgstr ""
 1627 
 1628 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1629 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1262
 1630 msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
 1631 msgstr ""
 1632 
 1633 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1634 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265
 1635 msgid ""
 1636 "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
 1637 "has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
 1638 msgstr ""
 1639 
 1640 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1641 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1270
 1642 msgid ""
 1643 "If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
 1644 "offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
 1645 "authentication can enable offline authentication again."
 1646 msgstr ""
 1647 
 1648 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1649 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1276 sssd.conf.5.xml:1374
 1650 msgid "Default: 5"
 1651 msgstr ""
 1652 
 1653 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1654 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1282
 1655 msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
 1656 msgstr ""
 1657 
 1658 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1659 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1285
 1660 msgid ""
 1661 "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
 1662 "The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
 1663 msgstr ""
 1664 
 1665 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1666 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1290
 1667 msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
 1668 msgstr ""
 1669 
 1670 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1671 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1293
 1672 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
 1673 msgstr ""
 1674 
 1675 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1676 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1296
 1677 msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
 1678 msgstr ""
 1679 
 1680 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1681 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1300
 1682 msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
 1683 msgstr ""
 1684 
 1685 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1686 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1303
 1687 msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
 1688 msgstr ""
 1689 
 1690 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1691 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1307 sssd.8.xml:63
 1692 msgid "Default: 1"
 1693 msgstr ""
 1694 
 1695 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1696 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1313
 1697 msgid "pam_response_filter (string)"
 1698 msgstr ""
 1699 
 1700 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1701 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1316
 1702 msgid ""
 1703 "A comma separated list of strings which allows to remove (filter) data sent "
 1704 "by the PAM responder to pam_sss PAM module. There are different kind of "
 1705 "responses sent to pam_sss e.g. messages displayed to the user or environment "
 1706 "variables which should be set by pam_sss."
 1707 msgstr ""
 1708 
 1709 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1710 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1324
 1711 msgid ""
 1712 "While messages already can be controlled with the help of the pam_verbosity "
 1713 "option this option allows to filter out other kind of responses as well."
 1714 msgstr ""
 1715 
 1716 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1717 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1331
 1718 msgid "ENV"
 1719 msgstr ""
 1720 
 1721 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1722 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1332
 1723 msgid "Do not send any environment variables to any service."
 1724 msgstr ""
 1725 
 1726 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1727 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1335
 1728 msgid "ENV:var_name"
 1729 msgstr ""
 1730 
 1731 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1732 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1336
 1733 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to any service."
 1734 msgstr ""
 1735 
 1736 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1737 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1340
 1738 msgid "ENV:var_name:service"
 1739 msgstr ""
 1740 
 1741 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1742 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1341
 1743 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to service."
 1744 msgstr ""
 1745 
 1746 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1747 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1329
 1748 msgid ""
 1749 "Currently the following filters are supported: <placeholder type="
 1750 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1751 msgstr ""
 1752 
 1753 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1754 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1351
 1755 msgid "Example: ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i"
 1756 msgstr ""
 1757 
 1758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1759 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1357
 1760 msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
 1761 msgstr ""
 1762 
 1763 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1764 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1360
 1765 msgid ""
 1766 "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
 1767 "immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
 1768 "ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
 1769 msgstr ""
 1770 
 1771 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1772 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1366
 1773 msgid ""
 1774 "A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
 1775 "account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
 1776 "client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
 1777 "information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
 1778 msgstr ""
 1779 
 1780 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1781 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1380
 1782 msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 1783 msgstr ""
 1784 
 1785 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1786 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1383 sssd.conf.5.xml:2647
 1787 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
 1788 msgstr ""
 1789 
 1790 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1791 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1386
 1792 msgid ""
 1793 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 1794 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 1795 "cannot display a warning."
 1796 msgstr ""
 1797 
 1798 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1799 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1392 sssd.conf.5.xml:2650
 1800 msgid ""
 1801 "If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
 1802 "warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
 1803 msgstr ""
 1804 
 1805 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1806 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1397
 1807 msgid ""
 1808 "This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
 1809 "emphasis> for a particular domain."
 1810 msgstr ""
 1811 
 1812 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1813 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1402 sssd.conf.5.xml:3534 sssd-ldap.5.xml:549 sssd.8.xml:79
 1814 msgid "Default: 0"
 1815 msgstr ""
 1816 
 1817 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1818 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1419
 1819 msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
 1820 msgstr ""
 1821 
 1822 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1823 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1422
 1824 msgid ""
 1825 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 1826 "allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains.  Users not "
 1827 "included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
 1828 "<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>.  User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 1829 "startup."
 1830 msgstr ""
 1831 
 1832 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1833 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1432
 1834 msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
 1835 msgstr ""
 1836 
 1837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1838 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1436
 1839 msgid ""
 1840 "Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
 1841 "case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
 1842 msgstr ""
 1843 
 1844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1845 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443
 1846 msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
 1847 msgstr ""
 1848 
 1849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1850 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1446
 1851 msgid ""
 1852 "Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
 1853 "to untrusted users."
 1854 msgstr ""
 1855 
 1856 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1857 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1450
 1858 msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
 1859 msgstr ""
 1860 
 1861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
 1863 msgid ""
 1864 "all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
 1865 msgstr ""
 1866 
 1867 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1868 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1458
 1869 msgid ""
 1870 "none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
 1871 "responder.)"
 1872 msgstr ""
 1873 
 1874 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1875 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1462 sssd.conf.5.xml:1487 sssd.conf.5.xml:1506
 1876 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1684 sssd.conf.5.xml:2396 sssd.conf.5.xml:3463
 1877 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091
 1878 msgid "Default: none"
 1879 msgstr ""
 1880 
 1881 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1882 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1467
 1883 msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
 1884 msgstr ""
 1885 
 1886 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1887 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1470
 1888 msgid ""
 1889 "Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
 1890 "'Permission denied' message."
 1891 msgstr ""
 1892 
 1893 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1894 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1475
 1895 msgid ""
 1896 "Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
 1897 "unless pam_verbosity is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
 1898 msgstr ""
 1899 
 1900 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1901 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1483
 1902 #, no-wrap
 1903 msgid ""
 1904 "pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
 1905 "                            "
 1906 msgstr ""
 1907 
 1908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1909 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1492
 1910 msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
 1911 msgstr ""
 1912 
 1913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1914 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1495
 1915 msgid ""
 1916 "Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
 1917 "denied' message."
 1918 msgstr ""
 1919 
 1920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1502
 1922 #, no-wrap
 1923 msgid ""
 1924 "pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
 1925 "                            "
 1926 msgstr ""
 1927 
 1928 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1929 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1511
 1930 msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
 1931 msgstr ""
 1932 
 1933 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1934 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1514
 1935 msgid ""
 1936 "Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication.  Since this requires "
 1937 "additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
 1938 "authentication process this option is disabled by default."
 1939 msgstr ""
 1940 
 1941 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1942 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1520 sssd-ldap.5.xml:590 sssd-ldap.5.xml:611
 1943 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1169 sssd-ad.5.xml:482 sssd-ad.5.xml:558 sssd-ad.5.xml:1103
 1944 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:1152 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:244
 1945 msgid "Default: False"
 1946 msgstr ""
 1947 
 1948 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1949 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1525
 1950 msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
 1951 msgstr ""
 1952 
 1953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1954 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1528
 1955 msgid "The path to the certificate database."
 1956 msgstr ""
 1957 
 1958 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1959 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1531 sssd.conf.5.xml:2016 sssd.conf.5.xml:3990
 1960 msgid "Default:"
 1961 msgstr ""
 1962 
 1963 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 1964 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1533 sssd.conf.5.xml:2018
 1965 msgid ""
 1966 "/etc/sssd/pki/sssd_auth_ca_db.pem (path to a file with trusted CA "
 1967 "certificates in PEM format)"
 1968 msgstr ""
 1969 
 1970 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1971 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1543
 1972 msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
 1973 msgstr ""
 1974 
 1975 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1976 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1546
 1977 msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
 1978 msgstr ""
 1979 
 1980 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1981 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1555
 1982 msgid "pam_app_services (string)"
 1983 msgstr ""
 1984 
 1985 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1986 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1558
 1987 msgid ""
 1988 "Which PAM services are permitted to contact domains of type "
 1989 "<quote>application</quote>"
 1990 msgstr ""
 1991 
 1992 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1993 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1567
 1994 msgid "pam_p11_allowed_services (integer)"
 1995 msgstr ""
 1996 
 1997 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1998 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1570
 1999 msgid ""
 2000 "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which it will be allowed to "
 2001 "use Smartcards."
 2002 msgstr ""
 2003 
 2004 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2005 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1585
 2006 #, no-wrap
 2007 msgid ""
 2008 "pam_p11_allowed_services = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
 2009 "                            "
 2010 msgstr ""
 2011 
 2012 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2013 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1574
 2014 msgid ""
 2015 "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
 2016 "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
 2017 "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in order "
 2018 "to replace a default PAM service name for authentication with Smartcards (e."
 2019 "g. <quote>login</quote>) with a custom PAM service name (e.g. "
 2020 "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
 2021 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2022 msgstr ""
 2023 
 2024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2025 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1589 sssd-ad.5.xml:621 sssd-ad.5.xml:730 sssd-ad.5.xml:788
 2026 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:846 sssd-ad.5.xml:924
 2027 msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
 2028 msgstr ""
 2029 
 2030 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2031 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1594 sssd-ad.5.xml:625
 2032 msgid "login"
 2033 msgstr ""
 2034 
 2035 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2036 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1599 sssd-ad.5.xml:630
 2037 msgid "su"
 2038 msgstr ""
 2039 
 2040 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2041 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1604 sssd-ad.5.xml:635
 2042 msgid "su-l"
 2043 msgstr ""
 2044 
 2045 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2046 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1609 sssd-ad.5.xml:650
 2047 msgid "gdm-smartcard"
 2048 msgstr ""
 2049 
 2050 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2051 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1614 sssd-ad.5.xml:645
 2052 msgid "gdm-password"
 2053 msgstr ""
 2054 
 2055 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2056 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1619 sssd-ad.5.xml:655
 2057 msgid "kdm"
 2058 msgstr ""
 2059 
 2060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2061 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1624 sssd-ad.5.xml:933
 2062 msgid "sudo"
 2063 msgstr ""
 2064 
 2065 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2066 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1629 sssd-ad.5.xml:938
 2067 msgid "sudo-i"
 2068 msgstr ""
 2069 
 2070 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2071 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1634
 2072 msgid "gnome-screensaver"
 2073 msgstr ""
 2074 
 2075 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2076 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1642
 2077 msgid "p11_wait_for_card_timeout (integer)"
 2078 msgstr ""
 2079 
 2080 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2081 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1645
 2082 msgid ""
 2083 "If Smartcard authentication is required how many extra seconds in addition "
 2084 "to p11_child_timeout should the PAM responder wait until a Smartcard is "
 2085 "inserted."
 2086 msgstr ""
 2087 
 2088 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2089 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1656
 2090 msgid "p11_uri (string)"
 2091 msgstr ""
 2092 
 2093 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2094 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1659
 2095 msgid ""
 2096 "PKCS#11 URI (see RFC-7512 for details) which can be used to restrict the "
 2097 "selection of devices used for Smartcard authentication. By default SSSD's "
 2098 "p11_child will search for a PKCS#11 slot (reader)  where the 'removable' "
 2099 "flags is set and read the certificates from the inserted token from the "
 2100 "first slot found. If multiple readers are connected p11_uri can be used to "
 2101 "tell p11_child to use a specific reader."
 2102 msgstr ""
 2103 
 2104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2105 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1672
 2106 #, no-wrap
 2107 msgid ""
 2108 "p11_uri = slot-description=My%20Smartcard%20Reader\n"
 2109 "                            "
 2110 msgstr ""
 2111 
 2112 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2113 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1676
 2114 #, no-wrap
 2115 msgid ""
 2116 "p11_uri = library-description=OpenSC%20smartcard%20framework;slot-id=2\n"
 2117 "                            "
 2118 msgstr ""
 2119 
 2120 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2121 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1670
 2122 msgid ""
 2123 "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or <placeholder "
 2124 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> To find suitable URI please check the "
 2125 "debug output of p11_child. As an alternative the GnuTLS utility 'p11tool' "
 2126 "with e.g. the '--list-all' will show PKCS#11 URIs as well."
 2127 msgstr ""
 2128 
 2129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2130 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1689
 2131 msgid "pam_initgroups_scheme"
 2132 msgstr ""
 2133 
 2134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2135 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1697
 2136 msgid "always"
 2137 msgstr ""
 2138 
 2139 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2140 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1698
 2141 msgid ""
 2142 "Always do an online lookup, please note that pam_id_timeout still applies"
 2143 msgstr ""
 2144 
 2145 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2146 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1702
 2147 msgid "no_session"
 2148 msgstr ""
 2149 
 2150 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2151 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1703
 2152 msgid ""
 2153 "Only do an online lookup if there is no active session of the user, i.e. if "
 2154 "the user is currently not logged in"
 2155 msgstr ""
 2156 
 2157 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2158 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1708
 2159 msgid "never"
 2160 msgstr ""
 2161 
 2162 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2163 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1709
 2164 msgid ""
 2165 "Never force an online lookup, use the data from the cache as long as they "
 2166 "are not expired"
 2167 msgstr ""
 2168 
 2169 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2170 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1692
 2171 msgid ""
 2172 "The PAM responder can force an online lookup to get the current group "
 2173 "memberships of the user trying to log in. This option controls when this "
 2174 "should be done and the following values are allowed: <placeholder type="
 2175 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2176 msgstr ""
 2177 
 2178 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2179 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1716
 2180 msgid "Default: no_session"
 2181 msgstr ""
 2182 
 2183 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2184 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1721 sssd.conf.5.xml:3929
 2185 msgid "pam_gssapi_services"
 2186 msgstr ""
 2187 
 2188 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2189 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1724
 2190 msgid ""
 2191 "Comma separated list of PAM services that are allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2192 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2193 msgstr ""
 2194 
 2195 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2196 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1729
 2197 msgid ""
 2198 "To disable GSSAPI authentication, set this option to <quote>-</quote> (dash)."
 2199 msgstr ""
 2200 
 2201 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2202 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1733 sssd.conf.5.xml:1764 sssd.conf.5.xml:1802
 2203 msgid ""
 2204 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 2205 "[pam] section. It can also be set for trusted domain which overwrites the "
 2206 "value in the domain section."
 2207 msgstr ""
 2208 
 2209 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2210 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1741
 2211 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 2212 #| msgid ""
 2213 #| "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 2214 #| "                            "
 2215 msgid ""
 2216 "pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
 2217 "                            "
 2218 msgstr ""
 2219 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 2220 "                            "
 2221 
 2222 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2223 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1739 sssd.conf.5.xml:3457 sssd-secrets.5.xml:448
 2224 msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2225 msgstr "Esimerkki: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2226 
 2227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2228 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1745
 2229 msgid "Default: - (GSSAPI authentication is disabled)"
 2230 msgstr ""
 2231 
 2232 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2233 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1750 sssd.conf.5.xml:3930
 2234 msgid "pam_gssapi_check_upn"
 2235 msgstr ""
 2236 
 2237 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2238 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1753
 2239 msgid ""
 2240 "If True, SSSD will require that the Kerberos user principal that "
 2241 "successfully authenticated through GSSAPI can be associated with the user "
 2242 "who is being authenticated. Authentication will fail if the check fails."
 2243 msgstr ""
 2244 
 2245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2246 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1760
 2247 msgid ""
 2248 "If False, every user that is able to obtained required service ticket will "
 2249 "be authenticated."
 2250 msgstr ""
 2251 
 2252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2253 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1770 sssd-ad.5.xml:1243 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76
 2254 msgid "Default: True"
 2255 msgstr ""
 2256 
 2257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1775
 2259 msgid "pam_gssapi_indicators_map"
 2260 msgstr ""
 2261 
 2262 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2263 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1778
 2264 msgid ""
 2265 "Comma separated list of authentication indicators required to be present in "
 2266 "a Kerberos ticket to access a PAM service that is allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2267 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2268 msgstr ""
 2269 
 2270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784
 2272 msgid ""
 2273 "Each element of the list can be either an authentication indicator name or a "
 2274 "pair <quote>service:indicator</quote>. Indicators not prefixed with the PAM "
 2275 "service name will be required to access any PAM service configured to be "
 2276 "used with <option>pam_gssapi_services</option>. A resulting list of "
 2277 "indicators per PAM service is then checked against indicators in the "
 2278 "Kerberos ticket during authentication by pam_sss_gss.so. Any indicator from "
 2279 "the ticket that matches the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service "
 2280 "would grant access. If none of the indicators in the list match, access will "
 2281 "be denied. If the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service is empty, "
 2282 "the check will not prevent the access."
 2283 msgstr ""
 2284 
 2285 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2286 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1797
 2287 msgid ""
 2288 "To disable GSSAPI authentication indicator check, set this option to <quote>-"
 2289 "</quote> (dash). To disable the check for a specific PAM service, add "
 2290 "<quote>service:-</quote>."
 2291 msgstr ""
 2292 
 2293 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2294 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1808
 2295 msgid ""
 2296 "Following authentication indicators are supported by IPA Kerberos "
 2297 "deployments:"
 2298 msgstr ""
 2299 
 2300 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2301 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1811
 2302 msgid ""
 2303 "pkinit -- pre-authentication using X.509 certificates -- whether stored in "
 2304 "files or on smart cards."
 2305 msgstr ""
 2306 
 2307 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2308 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1814
 2309 msgid ""
 2310 "hardened -- SPAKE pre-authentication or any pre-authentication wrapped in a "
 2311 "FAST channel."
 2312 msgstr ""
 2313 
 2314 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2315 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1817
 2316 msgid "radius -- pre-authentication with the help of a RADIUS server."
 2317 msgstr ""
 2318 
 2319 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2320 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1820
 2321 msgid ""
 2322 "otp -- pre-authentication using integrated two-factor authentication (2FA or "
 2323 "one-time password, OTP) in IPA."
 2324 msgstr ""
 2325 
 2326 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2327 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1830
 2328 #, no-wrap
 2329 msgid ""
 2330 "pam_gssapi_indicators_map = sudo:pkinit, sudo-i:pkinit\n"
 2331 "                            "
 2332 msgstr ""
 2333 
 2334 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2335 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1825
 2336 msgid ""
 2337 "Example: to require access to SUDO services only for users which obtained "
 2338 "their Kerberos tickets with a X.509 certificate pre-authentication (PKINIT), "
 2339 "set <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2340 msgstr ""
 2341 
 2342 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2343 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1834
 2344 #, fuzzy
 2345 #| msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
 2346 msgid "Default: not set (use of authentication indicators is not required)"
 2347 msgstr "Oletus: ei asetettu(välilyöntejä ei korvata)"
 2348 
 2349 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2350 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1842
 2351 msgid "SUDO configuration options"
 2352 msgstr ""
 2353 
 2354 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2355 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1844
 2356 msgid ""
 2357 "These options can be used to configure the sudo service.  The detailed "
 2358 "instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
 2359 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
 2360 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 2361 "</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2362 "sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2363 msgstr ""
 2364 
 2365 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2366 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1861
 2367 msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
 2368 msgstr ""
 2369 
 2370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2371 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1864
 2372 msgid ""
 2373 "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
 2374 "that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
 2375 msgstr ""
 2376 
 2377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2378 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1876
 2379 msgid "sudo_threshold (integer)"
 2380 msgstr ""
 2381 
 2382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2383 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1879
 2384 msgid ""
 2385 "Maximum number of expired rules that can be refreshed at once. If number of "
 2386 "expired rules is below threshold, those rules are refreshed with "
 2387 "<quote>rules refresh</quote> mechanism. If the threshold is exceeded a "
 2388 "<quote>full refresh</quote> of sudo rules is triggered instead. This "
 2389 "threshold number also applies to IPA sudo command and command group searches."
 2390 msgstr ""
 2391 
 2392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2393 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1898
 2394 msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
 2395 msgstr ""
 2396 
 2397 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2398 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1900
 2399 msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
 2400 msgstr ""
 2401 
 2402 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2403 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1904
 2404 msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
 2405 msgstr ""
 2406 
 2407 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2408 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1907
 2409 msgid ""
 2410 "Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
 2411 "hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
 2412 "before asking the back end again."
 2413 msgstr ""
 2414 
 2415 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2416 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1923
 2417 msgid "SSH configuration options"
 2418 msgstr ""
 2419 
 2420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1925
 2422 msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
 2423 msgstr ""
 2424 
 2425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2426 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1929
 2427 msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
 2428 msgstr ""
 2429 
 2430 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2431 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1932
 2432 msgid ""
 2433 "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
 2434 "file."
 2435 msgstr ""
 2436 
 2437 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2438 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1941
 2439 msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
 2440 msgstr ""
 2441 
 2442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1944
 2444 msgid ""
 2445 "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
 2446 "host keys were requested."
 2447 msgstr ""
 2448 
 2449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2450 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1948
 2451 msgid "Default: 180"
 2452 msgstr ""
 2453 
 2454 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2455 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953
 2456 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_keys (bool)"
 2457 msgstr ""
 2458 
 2459 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2460 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1956
 2461 msgid ""
 2462 "If set to true the <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> will return ssh "
 2463 "keys derived from the public key of X.509 certificates stored in the user "
 2464 "entry as well. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 2465 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
 2466 msgstr ""
 2467 
 2468 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2469 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1971
 2470 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_matching_rules (string)"
 2471 msgstr ""
 2472 
 2473 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2474 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1974
 2475 msgid ""
 2476 "By default the ssh responder will use all available certificate matching "
 2477 "rules to filter the certificates so that ssh keys are only derived from the "
 2478 "matching ones. With this option the used rules can be restricted with a "
 2479 "comma separated list of mapping and matching rule names. All other rules "
 2480 "will be ignored."
 2481 msgstr ""
 2482 
 2483 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2484 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1983
 2485 msgid ""
 2486 "There are two special key words 'all_rules' and 'no_rules' which will enable "
 2487 "all or no rules, respectively. The latter means that no certificates will be "
 2488 "filtered out and ssh keys will be generated from all valid certificates."
 2489 msgstr ""
 2490 
 2491 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2492 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1990
 2493 msgid ""
 2494 "If no rules are configured using 'all_rules' will enable a default rule "
 2495 "which enables all certificates suitable for client authentication.  This is "
 2496 "the same behavior as for the PAM responder if certificate authentication is "
 2497 "enabled."
 2498 msgstr ""
 2499 
 2500 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2501 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1997
 2502 msgid ""
 2503 "A non-existing rule name is considered an error.  If as a result no rule is "
 2504 "selected all certificates will be ignored."
 2505 msgstr ""
 2506 
 2507 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2508 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2002
 2509 msgid ""
 2510 "Default: not set, equivalent to 'all_rules', all found rules or the default "
 2511 "rule are used"
 2512 msgstr ""
 2513 
 2514 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2515 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2008
 2516 msgid "ca_db (string)"
 2517 msgstr ""
 2518 
 2519 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2520 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2011
 2521 msgid ""
 2522 "Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
 2523 "user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
 2524 msgstr ""
 2525 
 2526 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2527 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2031
 2528 msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
 2529 msgstr ""
 2530 
 2531 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2532 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2033
 2533 msgid ""
 2534 "The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
 2535 "Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
 2536 "PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
 2537 "provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
 2538 "joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. If "
 2539 "the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are done:"
 2540 msgstr ""
 2541 
 2542 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2543 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2042
 2544 msgid ""
 2545 "If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The UID is "
 2546 "determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
 2547 "GID will have the same value as the UID. The home directory is set based on "
 2548 "the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
 2549 "the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
 2550 "parameter."
 2551 msgstr ""
 2552 
 2553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2554 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2050
 2555 msgid ""
 2556 "If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
 2557 "added to those groups."
 2558 msgstr ""
 2559 
 2560 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2561 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2056
 2562 msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
 2563 msgstr ""
 2564 
 2565 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2566 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2060 sssd-ifp.5.xml:50
 2567 msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
 2568 msgstr ""
 2569 
 2570 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2571 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2063
 2572 msgid ""
 2573 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 2574 "allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 2575 "startup."
 2576 msgstr ""
 2577 
 2578 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2579 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2069
 2580 msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
 2581 msgstr ""
 2582 
 2583 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2584 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2073
 2585 msgid ""
 2586 "Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
 2587 "overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
 2588 "access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
 2589 "to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
 2590 msgstr ""
 2591 
 2592 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2593 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2082
 2594 msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
 2595 msgstr ""
 2596 
 2597 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2598 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2085
 2599 msgid ""
 2600 "Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
 2601 "data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
 2602 msgstr ""
 2603 
 2604 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2605 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2098
 2606 msgid "Session recording configuration options"
 2607 msgstr ""
 2608 
 2609 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2610 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2100
 2611 msgid ""
 2612 "Session recording works in conjunction with <citerefentry> "
 2613 "<refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2614 "citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to log what users see and type when "
 2615 "they log in on a text terminal.  See also <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2616 "session-recording</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2617 msgstr ""
 2618 
 2619 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2620 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2113
 2621 msgid "These options can be used to configure session recording."
 2622 msgstr ""
 2623 
 2624 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2625 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2117 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:64
 2626 msgid "scope (string)"
 2627 msgstr ""
 2628 
 2629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2630 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2124 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:71
 2631 msgid "\"none\""
 2632 msgstr ""
 2633 
 2634 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2635 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2127 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:74
 2636 msgid "No users are recorded."
 2637 msgstr ""
 2638 
 2639 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2640 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2132 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:79
 2641 msgid "\"some\""
 2642 msgstr ""
 2643 
 2644 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2645 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2135 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:82
 2646 msgid ""
 2647 "Users/groups specified by <replaceable>users</replaceable> and "
 2648 "<replaceable>groups</replaceable> options are recorded."
 2649 msgstr ""
 2650 
 2651 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2652 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2144 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:91
 2653 msgid "\"all\""
 2654 msgstr ""
 2655 
 2656 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2657 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2147 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:94
 2658 msgid "All users are recorded."
 2659 msgstr ""
 2660 
 2661 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2662 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:67
 2663 msgid ""
 2664 "One of the following strings specifying the scope of session recording: "
 2665 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2666 msgstr ""
 2667 
 2668 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2669 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2154 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:101
 2670 msgid "Default: \"none\""
 2671 msgstr ""
 2672 
 2673 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2674 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2159 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:106
 2675 msgid "users (string)"
 2676 msgstr ""
 2677 
 2678 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2679 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2162 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:109
 2680 msgid ""
 2681 "A comma-separated list of users which should have session recording enabled. "
 2682 "Matches user names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the possible space "
 2683 "replacement, case changes, etc."
 2684 msgstr ""
 2685 
 2686 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2687 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2168 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:115
 2688 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no users."
 2689 msgstr ""
 2690 
 2691 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2692 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2173 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:120
 2693 msgid "groups (string)"
 2694 msgstr ""
 2695 
 2696 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2697 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2176 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:123
 2698 msgid ""
 2699 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should have session "
 2700 "recording enabled. Matches group names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the "
 2701 "possible space replacement, case changes, etc."
 2702 msgstr ""
 2703 
 2704 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2705 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2182 sssd.conf.5.xml:2214 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:129
 2706 #: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:161
 2707 msgid ""
 2708 "NOTE: using this option (having it set to anything) has a considerable "
 2709 "performance cost, because each uncached request for a user requires "
 2710 "retrieving and matching the groups the user is member of."
 2711 msgstr ""
 2712 
 2713 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2714 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2189 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:136
 2715 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no groups."
 2716 msgstr ""
 2717 
 2718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2194 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:141
 2720 msgid "exclude_users (string)"
 2721 msgstr ""
 2722 
 2723 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2724 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2197 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:144
 2725 msgid ""
 2726 "A comma-separated list of users to be excluded from recording, only "
 2727 "applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2728 msgstr ""
 2729 
 2730 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2731 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2201 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:148
 2732 msgid "Default: Empty. No users excluded."
 2733 msgstr ""
 2734 
 2735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2736 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2206 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:153
 2737 msgid "exclude_groups (string)"
 2738 msgstr ""
 2739 
 2740 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2741 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2209 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:156
 2742 msgid ""
 2743 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should be excluded from "
 2744 "recording. Only applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2745 msgstr ""
 2746 
 2747 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2748 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2221 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:168
 2749 msgid "Default: Empty. No groups excluded."
 2750 msgstr ""
 2751 
 2752 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 2753 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2231
 2754 msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
 2755 msgstr ""
 2756 
 2757 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2758 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2238
 2759 msgid "enabled"
 2760 msgstr ""
 2761 
 2762 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2763 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2241
 2764 msgid ""
 2765 "Explicitly enable or disable the domain. If <quote>true</quote>, the domain "
 2766 "is always <quote>enabled</quote>. If <quote>false</quote>, the domain is "
 2767 "always <quote>disabled</quote>. If this option is not set, the domain is "
 2768 "enabled only if it is listed in the domains option in the <quote>[sssd]</"
 2769 "quote> section."
 2770 msgstr ""
 2771 
 2772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2773 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2253
 2774 msgid "domain_type (string)"
 2775 msgstr ""
 2776 
 2777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2778 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2256
 2779 msgid ""
 2780 "Specifies whether the domain is meant to be used by POSIX-aware clients such "
 2781 "as the Name Service Switch or by applications that do not need POSIX data to "
 2782 "be present or generated. Only objects from POSIX domains are available to "
 2783 "the operating system interfaces and utilities."
 2784 msgstr ""
 2785 
 2786 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2787 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2264
 2788 msgid ""
 2789 "Allowed values for this option are <quote>posix</quote> and "
 2790 "<quote>application</quote>."
 2791 msgstr ""
 2792 
 2793 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2794 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2268
 2795 msgid ""
 2796 "POSIX domains are reachable by all services. Application domains are only "
 2797 "reachable from the InfoPipe responder (see <citerefentry> "
 2798 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 2799 "citerefentry>) and the PAM responder."
 2800 msgstr ""
 2801 
 2802 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2803 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2276
 2804 msgid ""
 2805 "NOTE: The application domains are currently well tested with "
 2806 "<quote>id_provider=ldap</quote> only."
 2807 msgstr ""
 2808 
 2809 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2810 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2280
 2811 msgid ""
 2812 "For an easy way to configure a non-POSIX domains, please see the "
 2813 "<quote>Application domains</quote> section."
 2814 msgstr ""
 2815 
 2816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2817 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2284
 2818 msgid "Default: posix"
 2819 msgstr ""
 2820 
 2821 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2822 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2290
 2823 msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
 2824 msgstr ""
 2825 
 2826 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2827 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2293
 2828 msgid ""
 2829 "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
 2830 "outside these limits, it is ignored."
 2831 msgstr ""
 2832 
 2833 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2834 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2298
 2835 msgid ""
 2836 "For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
 2837 "to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
 2838 "primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
 2839 "expected."
 2840 msgstr ""
 2841 
 2842 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2843 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
 2844 msgid ""
 2845 "These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
 2846 "by name or ID."
 2847 msgstr ""
 2848 
 2849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2850 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2309
 2851 msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
 2852 msgstr ""
 2853 
 2854 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2855 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2315
 2856 msgid "enumerate (bool)"
 2857 msgstr ""
 2858 
 2859 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2860 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2318
 2861 msgid ""
 2862 "Determines if a domain can be enumerated, that is, whether the domain can "
 2863 "list all the users and group it contains. Note that it is not required to "
 2864 "enable enumeration in order for secondary groups to be displayed. This "
 2865 "parameter can have one of the following values:"
 2866 msgstr ""
 2867 
 2868 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2869 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2326
 2870 msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
 2871 msgstr ""
 2872 
 2873 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2874 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2329
 2875 msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
 2876 msgstr ""
 2877 
 2878 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2879 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2332 sssd.conf.5.xml:2602 sssd.conf.5.xml:2778
 2880 msgid "Default: FALSE"
 2881 msgstr ""
 2882 
 2883 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2884 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2335
 2885 msgid ""
 2886 "Enumerating a domain requires SSSD to download and store ALL user and group "
 2887 "entries from the remote server."
 2888 msgstr ""
 2889 
 2890 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2891 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2340
 2892 msgid ""
 2893 "Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
 2894 "enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
 2895 "to fully complete enumerations.  During this time, individual requests for "
 2896 "information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
 2897 "heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
 2898 "after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
 2899 "memberships have to be recomputed. This can lead to the <quote>sssd_be</"
 2900 "quote> process becoming unresponsive or even restarted by the internal "
 2901 "watchdog."
 2902 msgstr ""
 2903 
 2904 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2905 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2355
 2906 msgid ""
 2907 "While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
 2908 "group lists may return no results until it completes."
 2909 msgstr ""
 2910 
 2911 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2912 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2360
 2913 msgid ""
 2914 "Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
 2915 "network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
 2916 "enumeration lookups are completed successfully.  For more information, refer "
 2917 "to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
 2918 msgstr ""
 2919 
 2920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2368
 2922 msgid ""
 2923 "For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
 2924 "especially in large environments."
 2925 msgstr ""
 2926 
 2927 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2928 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2376
 2929 msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
 2930 msgstr ""
 2931 
 2932 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2933 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2383
 2934 msgid "all"
 2935 msgstr ""
 2936 
 2937 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2938 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2384
 2939 msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2940 msgstr ""
 2941 
 2942 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2943 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2387
 2944 msgid "none"
 2945 msgstr ""
 2946 
 2947 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2948 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2388
 2949 msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 2950 msgstr ""
 2951 
 2952 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2953 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2379
 2954 msgid ""
 2955 "Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
 2956 "supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
 2957 "Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
 2958 "for these trusted domains."
 2959 msgstr ""
 2960 
 2961 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2962 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2402
 2963 msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
 2964 msgstr ""
 2965 
 2966 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2967 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2405
 2968 msgid ""
 2969 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
 2970 "backend again"
 2971 msgstr ""
 2972 
 2973 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2974 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2409
 2975 msgid ""
 2976 "The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
 2977 "objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
 2978 "for newly added or expired entries.  You should run the <citerefentry> "
 2979 "<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2980 "citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
 2981 "been cached."
 2982 msgstr ""
 2983 
 2984 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2985 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2422
 2986 msgid "Default: 5400"
 2987 msgstr ""
 2988 
 2989 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2990 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2428
 2991 msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
 2992 msgstr ""
 2993 
 2994 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2995 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2431
 2996 msgid ""
 2997 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
 2998 "the backend again"
 2999 msgstr ""
 3000 
 3001 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3002 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435 sssd.conf.5.xml:2448 sssd.conf.5.xml:2461
 3003 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2474 sssd.conf.5.xml:2488 sssd.conf.5.xml:2501
 3004 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2515 sssd.conf.5.xml:2529 sssd.conf.5.xml:2542
 3005 msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
 3006 msgstr ""
 3007 
 3008 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3009 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2441
 3010 msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
 3011 msgstr ""
 3012 
 3013 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3014 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2444
 3015 msgid ""
 3016 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
 3017 "the backend again"
 3018 msgstr ""
 3019 
 3020 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3021 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2454
 3022 msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
 3023 msgstr ""
 3024 
 3025 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3026 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2457
 3027 msgid ""
 3028 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
 3029 "asking the backend again"
 3030 msgstr ""
 3031 
 3032 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3033 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2467
 3034 msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
 3035 msgstr ""
 3036 
 3037 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3038 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2470
 3039 msgid ""
 3040 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
 3041 "the backend again"
 3042 msgstr ""
 3043 
 3044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3045 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2480
 3046 msgid "entry_cache_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3047 msgstr ""
 3048 
 3049 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3050 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2483
 3051 msgid ""
 3052 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider hosts and networks entries valid "
 3053 "before asking the backend again"
 3054 msgstr ""
 3055 
 3056 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3057 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2494
 3058 msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
 3059 msgstr ""
 3060 
 3061 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3062 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2497
 3063 msgid ""
 3064 "How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
 3065 "again"
 3066 msgstr ""
 3067 
 3068 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3069 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2507
 3070 msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
 3071 msgstr ""
 3072 
 3073 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3074 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2510
 3075 msgid ""
 3076 "How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
 3077 "before asking the backend again"
 3078 msgstr ""
 3079 
 3080 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3081 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2521
 3082 msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
 3083 msgstr ""
 3084 
 3085 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3086 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2524
 3087 msgid ""
 3088 "How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
 3089 "the host key for."
 3090 msgstr ""
 3091 
 3092 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3093 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2535
 3094 msgid "entry_cache_computer_timeout (integer)"
 3095 msgstr ""
 3096 
 3097 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3098 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2538
 3099 msgid ""
 3100 "How many seconds to keep the local computer entry before asking the backend "
 3101 "again"
 3102 msgstr ""
 3103 
 3104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3105 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2548
 3106 msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
 3107 msgstr ""
 3108 
 3109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3110 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2551
 3111 msgid ""
 3112 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
 3113 "refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
 3114 msgstr ""
 3115 
 3116 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3117 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2556
 3118 msgid ""
 3119 "The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the "
 3120 "cache. For users who have performed the initgroups (get group membership for "
 3121 "user, typically ran at login)  operation in the past, both the user entry "
 3122 "and the group membership are updated."
 3123 msgstr ""
 3124 
 3125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3126 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2564
 3127 msgid "This option is automatically inherited for all trusted domains."
 3128 msgstr ""
 3129 
 3130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3131 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2568
 3132 msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
 3133 msgstr ""
 3134 
 3135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3136 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2572
 3137 msgid ""
 3138 "Cache entry will be refreshed by background task when 2/3 of cache timeout "
 3139 "has already passed.  If there are existing cached entries, the background "
 3140 "task will refer to their original cache timeout values instead of current "
 3141 "configuration value.  This may lead to a situation in which background "
 3142 "refresh task appears to not be working. This is done by design to improve "
 3143 "offline mode operation and reuse of existing valid cache entries.  To make "
 3144 "this change instant the user may want to manually invalidate existing cache."
 3145 msgstr ""
 3146 
 3147 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3148 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2585 sssd-ldap.5.xml:350 sssd-ipa.5.xml:269
 3149 msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
 3150 msgstr ""
 3151 
 3152 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3153 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2591
 3154 msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
 3155 msgstr ""
 3156 
 3157 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3158 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2594
 3159 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache"
 3160 msgstr ""
 3161 
 3162 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3163 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2598
 3164 msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext"
 3165 msgstr ""
 3166 
 3167 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3168 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2608
 3169 msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
 3170 msgstr ""
 3171 
 3172 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3173 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2611
 3174 msgid ""
 3175 "If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
 3176 "this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
 3177 "(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
 3178 msgstr ""
 3179 
 3180 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3181 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2618
 3182 msgid ""
 3183 "This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
 3184 "the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
 3185 msgstr ""
 3186 
 3187 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3188 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2629
 3189 msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
 3190 msgstr ""
 3191 
 3192 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3193 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2632
 3194 msgid ""
 3195 "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
 3196 "being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever.  The "
 3197 "value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
 3198 "offline_credentials_expiration."
 3199 msgstr ""
 3200 
 3201 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3202 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2639
 3203 msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
 3204 msgstr ""
 3205 
 3206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3207 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2644
 3208 msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 3209 msgstr ""
 3210 
 3211 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3212 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2655
 3213 msgid ""
 3214 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 3215 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 3216 "cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
 3217 "backend."
 3218 msgstr ""
 3219 
 3220 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3221 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2662
 3222 msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3223 msgstr ""
 3224 
 3225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3226 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2668
 3227 msgid "id_provider (string)"
 3228 msgstr ""
 3229 
 3230 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3231 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2671
 3232 msgid ""
 3233 "The identification provider used for the domain.  Supported ID providers are:"
 3234 msgstr ""
 3235 
 3236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3237 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2675
 3238 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider."
 3239 msgstr ""
 3240 
 3241 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3242 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2678
 3243 msgid ""
 3244 "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users (DEPRECATED)."
 3245 msgstr ""
 3246 
 3247 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3248 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2682
 3249 msgid ""
 3250 "<quote>files</quote>: FILES provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3251 "files</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3252 "information on how to mirror local users and groups into SSSD."
 3253 msgstr ""
 3254 
 3255 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3256 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2690
 3257 msgid ""
 3258 "<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3259 "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3260 "information on configuring LDAP."
 3261 msgstr ""
 3262 
 3263 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3264 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2698 sssd.conf.5.xml:2804 sssd.conf.5.xml:2859
 3265 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2922
 3266 msgid ""
 3267 "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management "
 3268 "provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 3269 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3270 "FreeIPA."
 3271 msgstr ""
 3272 
 3273 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3274 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2707 sssd.conf.5.xml:2813 sssd.conf.5.xml:2868
 3275 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2931
 3276 msgid ""
 3277 "<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
 3278 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3279 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
 3280 msgstr ""
 3281 
 3282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3283 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2718
 3284 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
 3285 msgstr ""
 3286 
 3287 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3288 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2721
 3289 msgid ""
 3290 "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
 3291 "as the user's login name reported to NSS."
 3292 msgstr ""
 3293 
 3294 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3295 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2726
 3296 msgid ""
 3297 "If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
 3298 "For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
 3299 "<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
 3300 "<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
 3301 msgstr ""
 3302 
 3303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3304 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2734
 3305 msgid ""
 3306 "NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
 3307 "include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
 3308 "will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
 3309 msgstr ""
 3310 
 3311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2741
 3313 msgid ""
 3314 "Default: FALSE (TRUE for trusted domain/sub-domains or if "
 3315 "default_domain_suffix is used)"
 3316 msgstr ""
 3317 
 3318 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3319 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2748
 3320 msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
 3321 msgstr ""
 3322 
 3323 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3324 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2751
 3325 msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
 3326 msgstr ""
 3327 
 3328 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3329 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2754
 3330 msgid ""
 3331 "If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
 3332 "ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
 3333 "calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
 3334 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
 3335 "<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
 3336 "citerefentry>.  As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
 3337 "return the requested group as if it was empty."
 3338 msgstr ""
 3339 
 3340 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3341 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2772
 3342 msgid ""
 3343 "Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
 3344 "membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
 3345 "members."
 3346 msgstr ""
 3347 
 3348 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3349 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2783
 3350 msgid "auth_provider (string)"
 3351 msgstr ""
 3352 
 3353 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3354 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2786
 3355 msgid ""
 3356 "The authentication provider used for the domain.  Supported auth providers "
 3357 "are:"
 3358 msgstr ""
 3359 
 3360 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3361 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2790 sssd.conf.5.xml:2852
 3362 msgid ""
 3363 "<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3364 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3365 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3366 msgstr ""
 3367 
 3368 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3369 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2797
 3370 msgid ""
 3371 "<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3372 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3373 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3374 msgstr ""
 3375 
 3376 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3377 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2821
 3378 msgid ""
 3379 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
 3380 msgstr ""
 3381 
 3382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3383 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2824
 3384 msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users"
 3385 msgstr ""
 3386 
 3387 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3388 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2828
 3389 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
 3390 msgstr ""
 3391 
 3392 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3393 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2831
 3394 msgid ""
 3395 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3396 "authentication requests."
 3397 msgstr ""
 3398 
 3399 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3400 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2837
 3401 msgid "access_provider (string)"
 3402 msgstr ""
 3403 
 3404 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3405 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2840
 3406 msgid ""
 3407 "The access control provider used for the domain.  There are two built-in "
 3408 "access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends)  "
 3409 "Internal special providers are:"
 3410 msgstr ""
 3411 
 3412 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3413 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2846
 3414 msgid ""
 3415 "<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
 3416 "provider for a local domain."
 3417 msgstr ""
 3418 
 3419 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3420 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2849
 3421 msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
 3422 msgstr ""
 3423 
 3424 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3425 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2876
 3426 msgid ""
 3427 "<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
 3428 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3429 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
 3430 "access module."
 3431 msgstr ""
 3432 
 3433 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3434 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2883
 3435 msgid ""
 3436 "<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control.  See <citerefentry> "
 3437 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
 3438 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3439 msgstr ""
 3440 
 3441 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3442 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2890
 3443 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
 3444 msgstr ""
 3445 
 3446 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3447 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2893
 3448 msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 3449 msgstr ""
 3450 
 3451 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3452 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2898
 3453 msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
 3454 msgstr ""
 3455 
 3456 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3457 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2901
 3458 msgid ""
 3459 "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain.  "
 3460 "Supported change password providers are:"
 3461 msgstr ""
 3462 
 3463 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3464 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2906
 3465 msgid ""
 3466 "<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
 3467 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3468 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3469 msgstr ""
 3470 
 3471 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3472 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2914
 3473 msgid ""
 3474 "<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
 3475 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3476 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3477 msgstr ""
 3478 
 3479 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3480 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2939
 3481 msgid ""
 3482 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
 3483 msgstr ""
 3484 
 3485 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3486 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2943
 3487 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
 3488 msgstr ""
 3489 
 3490 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3491 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2946
 3492 msgid ""
 3493 "Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3494 "change password requests."
 3495 msgstr ""
 3496 
 3497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3498 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2953
 3499 msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
 3500 msgstr ""
 3501 
 3502 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3503 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2956
 3504 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain.  Supported SUDO providers are:"
 3505 msgstr ""
 3506 
 3507 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3508 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2960
 3509 msgid ""
 3510 "<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3511 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3512 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3513 msgstr ""
 3514 
 3515 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3516 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2968
 3517 msgid ""
 3518 "<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
 3519 "settings."
 3520 msgstr ""
 3521 
 3522 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3523 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2972
 3524 msgid ""
 3525 "<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
 3526 "settings."
 3527 msgstr ""
 3528 
 3529 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3530 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2976
 3531 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
 3532 msgstr ""
 3533 
 3534 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3535 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2979 sssd.conf.5.xml:3065 sssd.conf.5.xml:3135
 3536 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3160 sssd.conf.5.xml:3196
 3537 msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
 3538 msgstr ""
 3539 
 3540 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3541 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2983
 3542 msgid ""
 3543 "The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
 3544 "manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
 3545 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  There are many configuration "
 3546 "options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
 3547 "\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3548 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3549 msgstr ""
 3550 
 3551 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3552 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2998
 3553 msgid ""
 3554 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Sudo rules are periodically downloaded in the "
 3555 "background unless the sudo provider is explicitly disabled. Set "
 3556 "<emphasis>sudo_provider = None</emphasis> to disable all sudo-related "
 3557 "activity in SSSD if you do not want to use sudo with SSSD at all."
 3558 msgstr ""
 3559 
 3560 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3561 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3008
 3562 msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
 3563 msgstr ""
 3564 
 3565 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3566 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3011
 3567 msgid ""
 3568 "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
 3569 "provider will be called right after access provider ends.  Supported selinux "
 3570 "providers are:"
 3571 msgstr ""
 3572 
 3573 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3574 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3017
 3575 msgid ""
 3576 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
 3577 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3578 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3579 msgstr ""
 3580 
 3581 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3582 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3025
 3583 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
 3584 msgstr ""
 3585 
 3586 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3587 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3028
 3588 msgid ""
 3589 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3590 "selinux loading requests."
 3591 msgstr ""
 3592 
 3593 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3594 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3034
 3595 msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
 3596 msgstr ""
 3597 
 3598 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3599 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3037
 3600 msgid ""
 3601 "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
 3602 "be always the same as id_provider.  Supported subdomain providers are:"
 3603 msgstr ""
 3604 
 3605 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3606 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3043
 3607 msgid ""
 3608 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
 3609 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3610 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3611 msgstr ""
 3612 
 3613 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3614 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3052
 3615 msgid ""
 3616 "<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
 3617 "server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
 3618 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3619 "the AD provider."
 3620 msgstr ""
 3621 
 3622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3623 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3061
 3624 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
 3625 msgstr ""
 3626 
 3627 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3628 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3071
 3629 msgid "session_provider (string)"
 3630 msgstr ""
 3631 
 3632 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3633 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3074
 3634 msgid ""
 3635 "The provider which configures and manages user session related tasks. The "
 3636 "only user session task currently provided is the integration with Fleet "
 3637 "Commander, which works only with IPA.  Supported session providers are:"
 3638 msgstr ""
 3639 
 3640 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3641 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3081
 3642 msgid "<quote>ipa</quote> to allow performing user session related tasks."
 3643 msgstr ""
 3644 
 3645 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3646 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3085
 3647 msgid ""
 3648 "<quote>none</quote> does not perform any kind of user session related tasks."
 3649 msgstr ""
 3650 
 3651 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3652 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3089
 3653 msgid ""
 3654 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can perform "
 3655 "session related tasks."
 3656 msgstr ""
 3657 
 3658 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3659 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3093
 3660 msgid ""
 3661 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> In order to have this feature working as expected "
 3662 "SSSD must be running as \"root\" and not as the unprivileged user."
 3663 msgstr ""
 3664 
 3665 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3666 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3101
 3667 msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
 3668 msgstr ""
 3669 
 3670 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3671 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3104
 3672 msgid ""
 3673 "The autofs provider used for the domain.  Supported autofs providers are:"
 3674 msgstr ""
 3675 
 3676 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3677 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3108
 3678 msgid ""
 3679 "<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3680 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3681 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3682 msgstr ""
 3683 
 3684 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3685 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3115
 3686 msgid ""
 3687 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
 3688 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3689 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3690 msgstr ""
 3691 
 3692 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3693 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3123
 3694 msgid ""
 3695 "<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
 3696 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3697 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
 3698 msgstr ""
 3699 
 3700 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3701 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3132
 3702 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
 3703 msgstr ""
 3704 
 3705 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3706 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3142
 3707 msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
 3708 msgstr ""
 3709 
 3710 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3711 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3145
 3712 msgid ""
 3713 "The provider used for retrieving host identity information.  Supported "
 3714 "hostid providers are:"
 3715 msgstr ""
 3716 
 3717 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3718 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3149
 3719 msgid ""
 3720 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
 3721 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3722 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3723 msgstr ""
 3724 
 3725 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3726 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3157
 3727 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
 3728 msgstr ""
 3729 
 3730 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3731 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3167
 3732 msgid "resolver_provider (string)"
 3733 msgstr ""
 3734 
 3735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3736 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3170
 3737 msgid ""
 3738 "The provider which should handle hosts and networks lookups. Supported "
 3739 "resolver providers are:"
 3740 msgstr ""
 3741 
 3742 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3743 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3174
 3744 msgid ""
 3745 "<quote>proxy</quote> to forward lookups to another NSS library. See "
 3746 "<quote>proxy_resolver_lib_name</quote>"
 3747 msgstr ""
 3748 
 3749 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3750 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3178
 3751 msgid ""
 3752 "<quote>ldap</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in LDAP. See "
 3753 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3754 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3755 msgstr ""
 3756 
 3757 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3758 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3185
 3759 msgid ""
 3760 "<quote>ad</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in AD. See "
 3761 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3762 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD "
 3763 "provider."
 3764 msgstr ""
 3765 
 3766 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3767 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3193
 3768 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching hosts and networks explicitly."
 3769 msgstr ""
 3770 
 3771 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3772 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3206
 3773 msgid ""
 3774 "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
 3775 "containing user name and domain into these components.  The \"domain\" can "
 3776 "match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
 3777 "trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
 3778 "the domain."
 3779 msgstr ""
 3780 
 3781 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3782 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3215
 3783 msgid ""
 3784 "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
 3785 "\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
 3786 "P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles for "
 3787 "user names:"
 3788 msgstr ""
 3789 
 3790 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3791 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3220
 3792 msgid "username"
 3793 msgstr ""
 3794 
 3795 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3796 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3223
 3797 msgid "username@domain.name"
 3798 msgstr ""
 3799 
 3800 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 3801 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3226
 3802 msgid "domain\\username"
 3803 msgstr ""
 3804 
 3805 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3806 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3229
 3807 msgid ""
 3808 "While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
 3809 "introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
 3810 msgstr ""
 3811 
 3812 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3813 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3234
 3814 msgid ""
 3815 "Default: <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> "
 3816 "which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> "
 3817 "sign, the domain everything after that\""
 3818 msgstr ""
 3819 
 3820 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3821 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3240
 3822 msgid ""
 3823 "NOTE: Some Active Directory groups, typically those used for MS Exchange "
 3824 "contain an <quote>@</quote> sign in the name, which clashes with the default "
 3825 "re_expression value for the AD and IPA providers. To support these groups, "
 3826 "consider changing the re_expression value to: <quote>((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?"
 3827 "P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]+$))</quote>."
 3828 msgstr ""
 3829 
 3830 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3831 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3291
 3832 msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 3833 msgstr ""
 3834 
 3835 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3836 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3297
 3837 msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
 3838 msgstr ""
 3839 
 3840 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3841 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3300
 3842 msgid ""
 3843 "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
 3844 "performing DNS lookups."
 3845 msgstr ""
 3846 
 3847 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3848 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3304
 3849 msgid "Supported values:"
 3850 msgstr ""
 3851 
 3852 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3853 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3307
 3854 msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
 3855 msgstr ""
 3856 
 3857 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3858 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3310
 3859 msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
 3860 msgstr ""
 3861 
 3862 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3863 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3313
 3864 msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
 3865 msgstr ""
 3866 
 3867 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3868 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3316
 3869 msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
 3870 msgstr ""
 3871 
 3872 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3873 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3319
 3874 msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
 3875 msgstr ""
 3876 
 3877 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3878 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3325
 3879 msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3880 msgstr ""
 3881 
 3882 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3883 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3328
 3884 msgid ""
 3885 "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the "
 3886 "internal fail over service before assuming that the service is unreachable. "
 3887 "If this timeout is reached, the domain will continue to operate in offline "
 3888 "mode."
 3889 msgstr ""
 3890 
 3891 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3892 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3335
 3893 msgid ""
 3894 "Please see the section <quote>FAILOVER</quote> for more information about "
 3895 "the service resolution."
 3896 msgstr ""
 3897 
 3898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3899 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3346
 3900 msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
 3901 msgstr ""
 3902 
 3903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3904 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3349
 3905 msgid ""
 3906 "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
 3907 "the service discovery DNS query."
 3908 msgstr ""
 3909 
 3910 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3911 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3353
 3912 msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
 3913 msgstr ""
 3914 
 3915 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3916 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3359
 3917 msgid "override_gid (integer)"
 3918 msgstr ""
 3919 
 3920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3362
 3922 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
 3923 msgstr ""
 3924 
 3925 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3926 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3368
 3927 msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
 3928 msgstr ""
 3929 
 3930 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3931 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3379
 3932 msgid "True"
 3933 msgstr ""
 3934 
 3935 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3936 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3382
 3937 msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
 3938 msgstr ""
 3939 
 3940 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3941 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3388
 3942 msgid "False"
 3943 msgstr ""
 3944 
 3945 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3946 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3390
 3947 msgid "Case insensitive."
 3948 msgstr ""
 3949 
 3950 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3951 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3394
 3952 msgid "Preserving"
 3953 msgstr ""
 3954 
 3955 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3956 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3397
 3957 msgid ""
 3958 "Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
 3959 "of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
 3960 "protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
 3961 msgstr ""
 3962 
 3963 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3964 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3405
 3965 msgid ""
 3966 "If you want to set this value for trusted domain with IPA provider, you need "
 3967 "to set it on both the client and SSSD on the server."
 3968 msgstr ""
 3969 
 3970 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3971 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3371
 3972 msgid ""
 3973 "Treat user and group names as case sensitive.  <phrase condition="
 3974 "\"enable_local_provider\"> At the moment, this option is not supported in "
 3975 "the local provider.  </phrase> Possible option values are: <placeholder type="
 3976 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 3977 msgstr ""
 3978 
 3979 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3980 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3415
 3981 msgid ""
 3982 "This option can be also set per subdomain or inherited via "
 3983 "<emphasis>subdomain_inherit</emphasis>."
 3984 msgstr ""
 3985 
 3986 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3987 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3420
 3988 msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
 3989 msgstr ""
 3990 
 3991 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3992 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3426
 3993 msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
 3994 msgstr ""
 3995 
 3996 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3997 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3429
 3998 msgid ""
 3999 "Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
 4000 "subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited.  "
 4001 "Currently the following options can be inherited:"
 4002 msgstr ""
 4003 
 4004 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4005 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3435
 4006 msgid "ignore_group_members"
 4007 msgstr "ignore_group_members"
 4008 
 4009 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4010 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3438
 4011 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
 4012 msgstr "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
 4013 
 4014 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4015 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3441 sssd-ldap.5.xml:390
 4016 msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 4017 msgstr "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 4018 
 4019 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4020 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3444
 4021 msgid "ldap_user_principal"
 4022 msgstr "ldap_user_principal"
 4023 
 4024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4025 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3447
 4026 msgid ""
 4027 "ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
 4028 "is not set explicitly)"
 4029 msgstr ""
 4030 
 4031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4032 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3451
 4033 msgid "auto_private_groups"
 4034 msgstr ""
 4035 
 4036 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4037 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3454
 4038 msgid "case_sensitive"
 4039 msgstr ""
 4040 
 4041 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4042 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3459
 4043 #, no-wrap
 4044 msgid ""
 4045 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 4046 "                            "
 4047 msgstr ""
 4048 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 4049 "                            "
 4050 
 4051 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4052 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3466
 4053 msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
 4054 msgstr ""
 4055 
 4056 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4057 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3473
 4058 msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
 4059 msgstr ""
 4060 
 4061 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4062 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3484
 4063 msgid "%F"
 4064 msgstr ""
 4065 
 4066 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4067 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3485
 4068 msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
 4069 msgstr ""
 4070 
 4071 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4072 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3476
 4073 msgid ""
 4074 "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
 4075 "IPA AD trust.  See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
 4076 "possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
 4077 "with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder type="
 4078 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4079 msgstr ""
 4080 
 4081 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4082 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3490
 4083 msgid ""
 4084 "The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
 4085 msgstr ""
 4086 
 4087 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4088 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3494
 4089 msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4090 msgstr ""
 4091 
 4092 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4093 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3499
 4094 msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
 4095 msgstr ""
 4096 
 4097 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4098 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3502
 4099 msgid ""
 4100 "Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
 4101 msgstr ""
 4102 
 4103 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4104 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3508
 4105 msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
 4106 msgstr ""
 4107 
 4108 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4109 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3511
 4110 msgid ""
 4111 "Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
 4112 "which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
 4113 "the online mode. If the credentials are incorrect, SSSD falls back to online "
 4114 "authentication."
 4115 msgstr ""
 4116 
 4117 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4118 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3519
 4119 msgid ""
 4120 "This option's value is inherited by all trusted domains. At the moment it is "
 4121 "not possible to set a different value per trusted domain."
 4122 msgstr ""
 4123 
 4124 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4125 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3524
 4126 msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
 4127 msgstr ""
 4128 
 4129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4130 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3528
 4131 msgid ""
 4132 "Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
 4133 "<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
 4134 "<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
 4135 msgstr ""
 4136 
 4137 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4138 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3539
 4139 msgid "auto_private_groups (string)"
 4140 msgstr ""
 4141 
 4142 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4143 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3545
 4144 msgid "true"
 4145 msgstr ""
 4146 
 4147 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4148 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3548
 4149 msgid ""
 4150 "Create user's private group unconditionally from user's UID number.  The GID "
 4151 "number is ignored in this case."
 4152 msgstr ""
 4153 
 4154 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4155 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3552
 4156 msgid ""
 4157 "NOTE: Because the GID number and the user private group are inferred from "
 4158 "the UID number, it is not supported to have multiple entries with the same "
 4159 "UID or GID number with this option. In other words, enabling this option "
 4160 "enforces uniqueness across the ID space."
 4161 msgstr ""
 4162 
 4163 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4164 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3561
 4165 msgid "false"
 4166 msgstr ""
 4167 
 4168 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4169 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3564
 4170 msgid ""
 4171 "Always use the user's primary GID number. The GID number must refer to a "
 4172 "group object in the LDAP database."
 4173 msgstr ""
 4174 
 4175 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4176 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3570
 4177 msgid "hybrid"
 4178 msgstr ""
 4179 
 4180 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4181 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3573
 4182 msgid ""
 4183 "A primary group is autogenerated for user entries whose UID and GID numbers "
 4184 "have the same value and at the same time the GID number does not correspond "
 4185 "to a real group object in LDAP.  If the values are the same, but the primary "
 4186 "GID in the user entry is also used by a group object, the primary GID of the "
 4187 "user resolves to that group object."
 4188 msgstr ""
 4189 
 4190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4191 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3586
 4192 msgid ""
 4193 "If the UID and GID of a user are different, then the GID must correspond to "
 4194 "a group entry, otherwise the GID is simply not resolvable."
 4195 msgstr ""
 4196 
 4197 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4198 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3593
 4199 msgid ""
 4200 "This feature is useful for environments that wish to stop maintaining a "
 4201 "separate group objects for the user private groups, but also wish to retain "
 4202 "the existing user private groups."
 4203 msgstr ""
 4204 
 4205 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4206 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3542
 4207 msgid ""
 4208 "This option takes any of three available values: <placeholder type="
 4209 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4210 msgstr ""
 4211 
 4212 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4213 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3605
 4214 msgid ""
 4215 "For subdomains, the default value is False for subdomains that use assigned "
 4216 "POSIX IDs and True for subdomains that use automatic ID-mapping."
 4217 msgstr ""
 4218 
 4219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4220 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3613
 4221 #, no-wrap
 4222 msgid ""
 4223 "[domain/forest.domain/sub.domain]\n"
 4224 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4225 msgstr ""
 4226 
 4227 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4228 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3619
 4229 #, no-wrap
 4230 msgid ""
 4231 "[domain/forest.domain]\n"
 4232 "subdomain_inherit = auto_private_groups\n"
 4233 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4234 msgstr ""
 4235 
 4236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4237 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3610
 4238 msgid ""
 4239 "The value of auto_private_groups can either be set per subdomains in a "
 4240 "subsection, for example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or "
 4241 "globally for all subdomains in the main domain section using the "
 4242 "subdomain_inherit option: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4243 msgstr ""
 4244 
 4245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4246 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2233
 4247 msgid ""
 4248 "These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
 4249 "section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4250 "replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4251 msgstr ""
 4252 
 4253 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4254 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3634
 4255 msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
 4256 msgstr ""
 4257 
 4258 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4259 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3637
 4260 msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
 4261 msgstr ""
 4262 
 4263 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4264 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3640
 4265 msgid ""
 4266 "Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
 4267 "or create a new one and add the service name here."
 4268 msgstr ""
 4269 
 4270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3648
 4272 msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
 4273 msgstr ""
 4274 
 4275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4276 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3651
 4277 msgid ""
 4278 "The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
 4279 "searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
 4280 "for example _nss_files_getpwent."
 4281 msgstr ""
 4282 
 4283 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4284 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3661
 4285 msgid "proxy_resolver_lib_name (string)"
 4286 msgstr ""
 4287 
 4288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4289 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3664
 4290 msgid ""
 4291 "The name of the NSS library to use for hosts and networks lookups in proxy "
 4292 "domains. The NSS functions searched for in the library are in the form of "
 4293 "_nss_$(libName)_$(function), for example _nss_dns_gethostbyname2_r."
 4294 msgstr ""
 4295 
 4296 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4297 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3675
 4298 msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
 4299 msgstr ""
 4300 
 4301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4302 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3678
 4303 msgid ""
 4304 "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
 4305 "lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
 4306 "name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
 4307 "perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
 4308 msgstr ""
 4309 
 4310 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4311 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3692
 4312 msgid "proxy_max_children (integer)"
 4313 msgstr ""
 4314 
 4315 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4316 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3695
 4317 msgid ""
 4318 "This option specifies the number of pre-forked proxy children. It is useful "
 4319 "for high-load SSSD environments where sssd may run out of available child "
 4320 "slots, which would cause some issues due to the requests being queued."
 4321 msgstr ""
 4322 
 4323 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4324 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3630
 4325 msgid ""
 4326 "Options valid for proxy domains.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
 4327 "\"0\"/>"
 4328 msgstr ""
 4329 
 4330 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4331 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3711
 4332 msgid "Application domains"
 4333 msgstr ""
 4334 
 4335 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4336 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3713
 4337 msgid ""
 4338 "SSSD, with its D-Bus interface (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</"
 4339 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>) is appealing to "
 4340 "applications as a gateway to an LDAP directory where users and groups are "
 4341 "stored. However, contrary to the traditional SSSD deployment where all users "
 4342 "and groups either have POSIX attributes or those attributes can be inferred "
 4343 "from the Windows SIDs, in many cases the users and groups in the application "
 4344 "support scenario have no POSIX attributes.  Instead of setting a "
 4345 "<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> section, the "
 4346 "administrator can set up an <quote>[application/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4347 "replaceable>]</quote> section that internally represents a domain with type "
 4348 "<quote>application</quote> optionally inherits settings from a tradition "
 4349 "SSSD domain."
 4350 msgstr ""
 4351 
 4352 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4353 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3733
 4354 msgid ""
 4355 "Please note that the application domain must still be explicitly enabled in "
 4356 "the <quote>domains</quote> parameter so that the lookup order between the "
 4357 "application domain and its POSIX sibling domain is set correctly."
 4358 msgstr ""
 4359 
 4360 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
 4361 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3739
 4362 msgid "Application domain parameters"
 4363 msgstr ""
 4364 
 4365 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4366 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3741
 4367 msgid "inherit_from (string)"
 4368 msgstr ""
 4369 
 4370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4371 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3744
 4372 msgid ""
 4373 "The SSSD POSIX-type domain the application domain inherits all settings "
 4374 "from. The application domain can moreover add its own settings to the "
 4375 "application settings that augment or override the <quote>sibling</quote> "
 4376 "domain settings."
 4377 msgstr ""
 4378 
 4379 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4380 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3758
 4381 msgid ""
 4382 "The following example illustrates the use of an application domain. In this "
 4383 "setup, the POSIX domain is connected to an LDAP server and is used by the OS "
 4384 "through the NSS responder. In addition, the application domain also requests "
 4385 "the telephoneNumber attribute, stores it as the phone attribute in the cache "
 4386 "and makes the phone attribute reachable through the D-Bus interface."
 4387 msgstr ""
 4388 
 4389 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4390 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3766
 4391 #, no-wrap
 4392 msgid ""
 4393 "[sssd]\n"
 4394 "domains = appdom, posixdom\n"
 4395 "\n"
 4396 "[ifp]\n"
 4397 "user_attributes = +phone\n"
 4398 "\n"
 4399 "[domain/posixdom]\n"
 4400 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4401 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4402 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4403 "\n"
 4404 "[application/appdom]\n"
 4405 "inherit_from = posixdom\n"
 4406 "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber\n"
 4407 msgstr ""
 4408 
 4409 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4410 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3784
 4411 msgid "The local domain section"
 4412 msgstr ""
 4413 
 4414 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4415 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3786
 4416 msgid ""
 4417 "This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in "
 4418 "SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses "
 4419 "<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
 4420 msgstr ""
 4421 
 4422 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4423 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3793
 4424 msgid "default_shell (string)"
 4425 msgstr ""
 4426 
 4427 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4428 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3796
 4429 msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools."
 4430 msgstr ""
 4431 
 4432 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4433 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3800
 4434 msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4435 msgstr ""
 4436 
 4437 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4438 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3805
 4439 msgid "base_directory (string)"
 4440 msgstr ""
 4441 
 4442 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4443 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3808
 4444 msgid ""
 4445 "The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> "
 4446 "and use that as the home directory."
 4447 msgstr ""
 4448 
 4449 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4450 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3813
 4451 msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4452 msgstr ""
 4453 
 4454 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4455 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3818
 4456 msgid "create_homedir (bool)"
 4457 msgstr ""
 4458 
 4459 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4460 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3821
 4461 msgid ""
 4462 "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users.  "
 4463 "Can be overridden on command line."
 4464 msgstr ""
 4465 
 4466 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4467 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3825 sssd.conf.5.xml:3837
 4468 msgid "Default: TRUE"
 4469 msgstr ""
 4470 
 4471 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4472 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3830
 4473 msgid "remove_homedir (bool)"
 4474 msgstr ""
 4475 
 4476 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4477 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3833
 4478 msgid ""
 4479 "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted "
 4480 "users.  Can be overridden on command line."
 4481 msgstr ""
 4482 
 4483 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4484 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3842
 4485 msgid "homedir_umask (integer)"
 4486 msgstr ""
 4487 
 4488 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4489 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3845
 4490 msgid ""
 4491 "Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 4492 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default permissions "
 4493 "on a newly created home directory."
 4494 msgstr ""
 4495 
 4496 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4497 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3853
 4498 msgid "Default: 077"
 4499 msgstr ""
 4500 
 4501 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4502 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3858
 4503 msgid "skel_dir (string)"
 4504 msgstr ""
 4505 
 4506 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4507 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3861
 4508 msgid ""
 4509 "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
 4510 "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
 4511 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
 4512 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
 4513 msgstr ""
 4514 
 4515 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4516 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3871
 4517 msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4518 msgstr ""
 4519 
 4520 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4521 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3876
 4522 msgid "mail_dir (string)"
 4523 msgstr ""
 4524 
 4525 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4526 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3879
 4527 msgid ""
 4528 "The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its "
 4529 "corresponding user account is modified or deleted.  If not specified, a "
 4530 "default value is used."
 4531 msgstr ""
 4532 
 4533 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4534 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3886
 4535 msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 4536 msgstr ""
 4537 
 4538 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4539 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3891
 4540 msgid "userdel_cmd (string)"
 4541 msgstr ""
 4542 
 4543 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4544 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3894
 4545 msgid ""
 4546 "The command that is run after a user is removed.  The command us passed the "
 4547 "username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. The "
 4548 "return code of the command is not taken into account."
 4549 msgstr ""
 4550 
 4551 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4552 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3900
 4553 msgid "Default: None, no command is run"
 4554 msgstr ""
 4555 
 4556 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4557 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3910
 4558 msgid "TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION"
 4559 msgstr ""
 4560 
 4561 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4562 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3912
 4563 msgid ""
 4564 "Some options used in the domain section can also be used in the trusted "
 4565 "domain section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/"
 4566 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>TRUSTED_DOMAIN_NAME</"
 4567 "replaceable>]</quote>.  Where DOMAIN_NAME is the actual joined-to base "
 4568 "domain. Please refer to examples below for explanation.  Currently supported "
 4569 "options in the trusted domain section are:"
 4570 msgstr ""
 4571 
 4572 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4573 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3919
 4574 msgid "ldap_search_base,"
 4575 msgstr ""
 4576 
 4577 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4578 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3920
 4579 msgid "ldap_user_search_base,"
 4580 msgstr ""
 4581 
 4582 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4583 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3921
 4584 msgid "ldap_group_search_base,"
 4585 msgstr ""
 4586 
 4587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3922
 4589 msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base,"
 4590 msgstr ""
 4591 
 4592 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4593 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3923
 4594 msgid "ldap_service_search_base,"
 4595 msgstr ""
 4596 
 4597 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4598 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3924
 4599 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech,"
 4600 msgstr ""
 4601 
 4602 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4603 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3925
 4604 msgid "ad_server,"
 4605 msgstr ""
 4606 
 4607 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4608 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3926
 4609 msgid "ad_backup_server,"
 4610 msgstr ""
 4611 
 4612 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4613 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3927
 4614 msgid "ad_site,"
 4615 msgstr ""
 4616 
 4617 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4618 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3928 sssd-ipa.5.xml:811
 4619 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names"
 4620 msgstr ""
 4621 
 4622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4623 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3932
 4624 msgid ""
 4625 "For more details about these options see their individual description in the "
 4626 "manual page."
 4627 msgstr ""
 4628 
 4629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4630 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3938
 4631 msgid "CERTIFICATE MAPPING SECTION"
 4632 msgstr ""
 4633 
 4634 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4635 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3940
 4636 msgid ""
 4637 "To allow authentication with Smartcards and certificates SSSD must be able "
 4638 "to map certificates to users. This can be done by adding the full "
 4639 "certificate to the LDAP object of the user or to a local override. While "
 4640 "using the full certificate is required to use the Smartcard authentication "
 4641 "feature of SSH (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 4642 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) it "
 4643 "might be cumbersome or not even possible to do this for the general case "
 4644 "where local services use PAM for authentication."
 4645 msgstr ""
 4646 
 4647 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4648 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3954
 4649 msgid ""
 4650 "To make the mapping more flexible mapping and matching rules were added to "
 4651 "SSSD (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss-certmap</refentrytitle> "
 4652 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details)."
 4653 msgstr ""
 4654 
 4655 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4656 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3963
 4657 msgid ""
 4658 "A mapping and matching rule can be added to the SSSD configuration in a "
 4659 "section on its own with a name like <quote>[certmap/"
 4660 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>RULE_NAME</"
 4661 "replaceable>]</quote>.  In this section the following options are allowed:"
 4662 msgstr ""
 4663 
 4664 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4665 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3970
 4666 msgid "matchrule (string)"
 4667 msgstr ""
 4668 
 4669 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4670 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3973
 4671 msgid ""
 4672 "Only certificates from the Smartcard which matches this rule will be "
 4673 "processed, all others are ignored."
 4674 msgstr ""
 4675 
 4676 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4677 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3977
 4678 msgid ""
 4679 "Default: KRB5:&lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth, i.e. only certificates which have the "
 4680 "Extended Key Usage <quote>clientAuth</quote>"
 4681 msgstr ""
 4682 
 4683 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4684 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3984
 4685 msgid "maprule (string)"
 4686 msgstr ""
 4687 
 4688 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4689 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3987
 4690 msgid "Defines how the user is found for a given certificate."
 4691 msgstr ""
 4692 
 4693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3993
 4695 msgid ""
 4696 "LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})  for LDAP based providers like "
 4697 "<quote>ldap</quote>, <quote>AD</quote> or <quote>ipa</quote>."
 4698 msgstr ""
 4699 
 4700 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4701 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3999
 4702 msgid ""
 4703 "The RULE_NAME for the <quote>files</quote> provider which tries to find a "
 4704 "user with the same name."
 4705 msgstr ""
 4706 
 4707 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4708 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4008
 4709 msgid "domains (string)"
 4710 msgstr ""
 4711 
 4712 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4713 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4011
 4714 msgid ""
 4715 "Comma separated list of domain names the rule should be applied. By default "
 4716 "a rule is only valid in the domain configured in sssd.conf. If the provider "
 4717 "supports subdomains this option can be used to add the rule to subdomains as "
 4718 "well."
 4719 msgstr ""
 4720 
 4721 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4722 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4018
 4723 msgid "Default: the configured domain in sssd.conf"
 4724 msgstr ""
 4725 
 4726 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4727 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4023
 4728 msgid "priority (integer)"
 4729 msgstr ""
 4730 
 4731 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4732 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4026
 4733 msgid ""
 4734 "Unsigned integer value defining the priority of the rule. The higher the "
 4735 "number the lower the priority.  <quote>0</quote> stands for the highest "
 4736 "priority while <quote>4294967295</quote> is the lowest."
 4737 msgstr ""
 4738 
 4739 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4740 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4032
 4741 msgid "Default: the lowest priority"
 4742 msgstr ""
 4743 
 4744 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4745 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4038
 4746 msgid ""
 4747 "To make the configuration simple and reduce the amount of configuration "
 4748 "options the <quote>files</quote> provider has some special properties:"
 4749 msgstr ""
 4750 
 4751 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4752 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4044
 4753 msgid ""
 4754 "if maprule is not set the RULE_NAME name is assumed to be the name of the "
 4755 "matching user"
 4756 msgstr ""
 4757 
 4758 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4759 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4050
 4760 msgid ""
 4761 "if a maprule is used both a single user name or a template like "
 4762 "<quote>{subject_rfc822_name.short_name}</quote> must be in braces like e.g. "
 4763 "<quote>(username)</quote> or <quote>({subject_rfc822_name.short_name})</"
 4764 "quote>"
 4765 msgstr ""
 4766 
 4767 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4768 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4059
 4769 msgid "the <quote>domains</quote> option is ignored"
 4770 msgstr ""
 4771 
 4772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4773 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4067
 4774 msgid "PROMPTING CONFIGURATION SECTION"
 4775 msgstr ""
 4776 
 4777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4778 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4069
 4779 msgid ""
 4780 "If a special file (<filename>/var/lib/sss/pubconf/pam_preauth_available</"
 4781 "filename>)  exists SSSD's PAM module pam_sss will ask SSSD to figure out "
 4782 "which authentication methods are available for the user trying to log in.  "
 4783 "Based on the results pam_sss will prompt the user for appropriate "
 4784 "credentials."
 4785 msgstr ""
 4786 
 4787 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4788 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4077
 4789 msgid ""
 4790 "With the growing number of authentication methods and the possibility that "
 4791 "there are multiple ones for a single user the heuristic used by pam_sss to "
 4792 "select the prompting might not be suitable for all use cases. The following "
 4793 "options should provide a better flexibility here."
 4794 msgstr ""
 4795 
 4796 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4797 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4089
 4798 msgid "[prompting/password]"
 4799 msgstr ""
 4800 
 4801 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4802 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4092
 4803 msgid "password_prompt"
 4804 msgstr ""
 4805 
 4806 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4807 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4093
 4808 msgid "to change the string of the password prompt"
 4809 msgstr ""
 4810 
 4811 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4812 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4091
 4813 msgid ""
 4814 "to configure password prompting, allowed options are: <placeholder type="
 4815 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4816 msgstr ""
 4817 
 4818 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4819 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4101
 4820 msgid "[prompting/2fa]"
 4821 msgstr ""
 4822 
 4823 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4824 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4105
 4825 msgid "first_prompt"
 4826 msgstr ""
 4827 
 4828 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4829 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4106
 4830 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the first factor"
 4831 msgstr ""
 4832 
 4833 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4834 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4109
 4835 msgid "second_prompt"
 4836 msgstr ""
 4837 
 4838 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4839 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4110
 4840 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the second factor"
 4841 msgstr ""
 4842 
 4843 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4844 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4113
 4845 msgid "single_prompt"
 4846 msgstr ""
 4847 
 4848 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4849 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4114
 4850 msgid ""
 4851 "boolean value, if True there will be only a single prompt using the value of "
 4852 "first_prompt where it is expected that both factors are entered as a single "
 4853 "string"
 4854 msgstr ""
 4855 
 4856 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4857 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4103
 4858 msgid ""
 4859 "to configure two-factor authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
 4860 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4861 msgstr ""
 4862 
 4863 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4864 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4084
 4865 msgid ""
 4866 "Each supported authentication method has its own configuration subsection "
 4867 "under <quote>[prompting/...]</quote>. Currently there are: <placeholder type="
 4868 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4869 msgstr ""
 4870 
 4871 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4872 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4126
 4873 msgid ""
 4874 "It is possible to add a subsection for specific PAM services, e.g. "
 4875 "<quote>[prompting/password/sshd]</quote> to individual change the prompting "
 4876 "for this service."
 4877 msgstr ""
 4878 
 4879 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4880 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4133 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:157 idmap_sss.8.xml:43
 4881 msgid "EXAMPLES"
 4882 msgstr ""
 4883 
 4884 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4885 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4139
 4886 #, no-wrap
 4887 msgid ""
 4888 "[sssd]\n"
 4889 "domains = LDAP\n"
 4890 "services = nss, pam\n"
 4891 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 4892 "\n"
 4893 "[nss]\n"
 4894 "filter_groups = root\n"
 4895 "filter_users = root\n"
 4896 "\n"
 4897 "[pam]\n"
 4898 "\n"
 4899 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 4900 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4901 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4902 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4903 "\n"
 4904 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 4905 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 4906 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 4907 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 4908 "\n"
 4909 "min_id = 10000\n"
 4910 "max_id = 20000\n"
 4911 "enumerate = False\n"
 4912 msgstr ""
 4913 
 4914 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4915 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4135
 4916 msgid ""
 4917 "1. The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
 4918 "configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
 4919 "configuring domains for more details.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 4920 "id=\"0\"/>"
 4921 msgstr ""
 4922 
 4923 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4924 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4172
 4925 #, no-wrap
 4926 msgid ""
 4927 "[domain/ipa.com/child.ad.com]\n"
 4928 "use_fully_qualified_names = false\n"
 4929 msgstr ""
 4930 
 4931 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4932 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4166
 4933 msgid ""
 4934 "2. The following example shows configuration of IPA AD trust where the AD "
 4935 "forest consists of two domains in a parent-child structure.  Suppose IPA "
 4936 "domain (ipa.com) has trust with AD domain(ad.com).  ad.com has child domain "
 4937 "(child.ad.com). To enable shortnames in the child domain the following "
 4938 "configuration should be used.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/"
 4939 ">"
 4940 msgstr ""
 4941 
 4942 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 4943 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4186
 4944 #, no-wrap
 4945 msgid ""
 4946 "[certmap/my.domain/rule_name]\n"
 4947 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4948 "maprule = (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})\n"
 4949 "domains = my.domain, your.domain\n"
 4950 "priority = 10\n"
 4951 "\n"
 4952 "[certmap/files/myname]\n"
 4953 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$&lt;SUBJECT&gt;^CN=User.Name,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 4954 msgstr ""
 4955 
 4956 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4957 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4177
 4958 msgid ""
 4959 "3. The following example shows the configuration for two certificate mapping "
 4960 "rules. The first is valid for the configured domain <quote>my.domain</quote> "
 4961 "and additionally for the subdomains <quote>your.domain</quote> and uses the "
 4962 "full certificate in the search filter. The second example is valid for the "
 4963 "domain <quote>files</quote> where it is assumed the files provider is used "
 4964 "for this domain and contains a matching rule for the local user "
 4965 "<quote>myname</quote>.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4966 msgstr ""
 4967 
 4968 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
 4969 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
 4970 msgid "sssd-ldap"
 4971 msgstr ""
 4972 
 4973 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 4974 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
 4975 msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
 4976 msgstr ""
 4977 
 4978 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4979 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
 4980 msgid ""
 4981 "This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
 4982 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 4983 "</citerefentry>.  Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
 4984 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4985 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
 4986 msgstr ""
 4987 
 4988 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4989 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
 4990 msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
 4991 msgstr ""
 4992 
 4993 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4994 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
 4995 msgid ""
 4996 "LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
 4997 "authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
 4998 "<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
 4999 "over an unencrypted channel.  If the LDAP server is used only as an identity "
 5000 "provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please refer to "
 5001 "<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more information about "
 5002 "using LDAP as an access provider."
 5003 msgstr ""
 5004 
 5005 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5006 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:49 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:81 sssd-ad.5.xml:115
 5007 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:44 sssd-files.5.xml:78
 5008 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:58 sssd-kcm.8.xml:166
 5009 msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
 5010 msgstr ""
 5011 
 5012 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5013 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:66
 5014 msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
 5015 msgstr ""
 5016 
 5017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5018 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:69
 5019 msgid ""
 5020 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5021 "should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
 5022 "quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy.  If "
 5023 "neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
 5024 "information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5025 msgstr ""
 5026 
 5027 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5028 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:76 sssd-secrets.5.xml:264
 5029 msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
 5030 msgstr ""
 5031 
 5032 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5033 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:79
 5034 msgid "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
 5035 msgstr ""
 5036 
 5037 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5038 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:82
 5039 msgid ""
 5040 "For explicit IPv6 addresses, &lt;host&gt; must be enclosed in brackets []"
 5041 msgstr ""
 5042 
 5043 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5044 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:85
 5045 msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5046 msgstr ""
 5047 
 5048 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5049 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:91
 5050 msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
 5051 msgstr ""
 5052 
 5053 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5054 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:94
 5055 msgid ""
 5056 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5057 "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
 5058 "Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
 5059 "failover and server redundancy."
 5060 msgstr ""
 5061 
 5062 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5063 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:101
 5064 msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
 5065 msgstr ""
 5066 
 5067 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5068 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:105
 5069 msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 5070 msgstr ""
 5071 
 5072 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5073 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:111
 5074 msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
 5075 msgstr ""
 5076 
 5077 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5078 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:114
 5079 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
 5080 msgstr ""
 5081 
 5082 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5083 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:118
 5084 msgid ""
 5085 "Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
 5086 "syntax:"
 5087 msgstr ""
 5088 
 5089 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5090 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:122
 5091 msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
 5092 msgstr ""
 5093 
 5094 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5095 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:125
 5096 msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
 5097 msgstr ""
 5098 
 5099 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5100 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:128 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
 5101 msgid ""
 5102 "The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
 5103 "ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
 5104 msgstr ""
 5105 
 5106 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5107 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:132 sssd-ad.5.xml:288 sss_override.8.xml:143
 5108 #: sss_override.8.xml:240 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:453
 5109 msgid "Examples:"
 5110 msgstr ""
 5111 
 5112 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5113 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:135
 5114 msgid ""
 5115 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
 5116 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5117 msgstr ""
 5118 
 5119 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5120 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:140
 5121 msgid ""
 5122 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5123 "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
 5124 msgstr ""
 5125 
 5126 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5127 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:143
 5128 msgid ""
 5129 "Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
 5130 "identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
 5131 "different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
 5132 "machines."
 5133 msgstr ""
 5134 
 5135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5136 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:150
 5137 msgid ""
 5138 "Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
 5139 "attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
 5140 "defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
 5141 "used.  The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
 5142 "the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
 5143 "are not supported."
 5144 msgstr ""
 5145 
 5146 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5147 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:164
 5148 msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
 5149 msgstr ""
 5150 
 5151 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5152 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:167
 5153 msgid ""
 5154 "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server.  Depending on "
 5155 "the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
 5156 "may vary.  The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
 5157 msgstr ""
 5158 
 5159 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5160 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:174
 5161 msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
 5162 msgstr ""
 5163 
 5164 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5165 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:178
 5166 msgid "rfc2307"
 5167 msgstr ""
 5168 
 5169 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5170 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:183
 5171 msgid "rfc2307bis"
 5172 msgstr ""
 5173 
 5174 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5175 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:188
 5176 msgid "IPA"
 5177 msgstr ""
 5178 
 5179 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5180 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:193
 5181 msgid "AD"
 5182 msgstr ""
 5183 
 5184 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5185 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:199
 5186 msgid ""
 5187 "The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
 5188 "recorded in the server.  With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
 5189 "the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute.  With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
 5190 "group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
 5191 "attribute.  The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
 5192 "Directory 2008r2 values."
 5193 msgstr ""
 5194 
 5195 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5196 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:209
 5197 msgid "Default: rfc2307"
 5198 msgstr ""
 5199 
 5200 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5201 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:215
 5202 msgid "ldap_pwmodify_mode (string)"
 5203 msgstr ""
 5204 
 5205 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5206 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:218
 5207 msgid "Specify the operation that is used to modify user password."
 5208 msgstr ""
 5209 
 5210 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5211 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:222
 5212 msgid "Two modes are currently supported:"
 5213 msgstr ""
 5214 
 5215 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5216 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:226
 5217 msgid "exop - Password Modify Extended Operation (RFC 3062)"
 5218 msgstr ""
 5219 
 5220 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5221 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:232
 5222 msgid "ldap_modify - Direct modification of userPassword (not recommended)."
 5223 msgstr ""
 5224 
 5225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5226 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:239
 5227 msgid ""
 5228 "Note: First, a new connection is established to verify current password by "
 5229 "binding as the user that requested password change. If successful, this "
 5230 "connection is used to change the password therefore the user must have write "
 5231 "access to userPassword attribute."
 5232 msgstr ""
 5233 
 5234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5235 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:247
 5236 msgid "Default: exop"
 5237 msgstr ""
 5238 
 5239 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5240 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:253
 5241 msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
 5242 msgstr ""
 5243 
 5244 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5245 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:256
 5246 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
 5247 msgstr ""
 5248 
 5249 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5250 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:263
 5251 msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
 5252 msgstr ""
 5253 
 5254 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5255 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:266
 5256 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5257 msgstr ""
 5258 
 5259 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5260 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:270
 5261 msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
 5262 msgstr ""
 5263 
 5264 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5265 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:273
 5266 msgid "password"
 5267 msgstr ""
 5268 
 5269 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5270 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:276
 5271 msgid "obfuscated_password"
 5272 msgstr ""
 5273 
 5274 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5275 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:279
 5276 msgid "Default: password"
 5277 msgstr ""
 5278 
 5279 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5280 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:282
 5281 msgid ""
 5282 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle> "
 5283 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information."
 5284 msgstr ""
 5285 
 5286 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5287 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:293
 5288 msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
 5289 msgstr ""
 5290 
 5291 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5292 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:296
 5293 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5294 msgstr ""
 5295 
 5296 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5297 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:302
 5298 msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
 5299 msgstr ""
 5300 
 5301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5302 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:305
 5303 msgid ""
 5304 "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
 5305 "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
 5306 "fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
 5307 "realm."
 5308 msgstr ""
 5309 
 5310 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5311 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:318
 5312 msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
 5313 msgstr ""
 5314 
 5315 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5316 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:321
 5317 msgid ""
 5318 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
 5319 "enumerated records."
 5320 msgstr ""
 5321 
 5322 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5323 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:332
 5324 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
 5325 msgstr ""
 5326 
 5327 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5328 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:335
 5329 msgid ""
 5330 "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
 5331 "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
 5332 "space."
 5333 msgstr ""
 5334 
 5335 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5336 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
 5337 msgid ""
 5338 "Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
 5339 "note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
 5340 "to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
 5341 "the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
 5342 msgstr ""
 5343 
 5344 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5345 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:356
 5346 msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
 5347 msgstr ""
 5348 
 5349 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5350 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:359
 5351 msgid ""
 5352 "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
 5353 "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
 5354 "follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
 5355 msgstr ""
 5356 
 5357 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5358 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:366
 5359 msgid ""
 5360 "Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
 5361 "processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
 5362 "<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
 5363 "the deeper nesting levels.  Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
 5364 "enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
 5365 msgstr ""
 5366 
 5367 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5368 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:375
 5369 msgid ""
 5370 "If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
 5371 "at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
 5372 "using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
 5373 "usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
 5374 "restrict group nesting."
 5375 msgstr ""
 5376 
 5377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5378 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:384
 5379 msgid "Default: 2"
 5380 msgstr ""
 5381 
 5382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5383 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:393
 5384 msgid ""
 5385 "This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
 5386 "performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
 5387 msgstr ""
 5388 
 5389 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5390 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:398
 5391 msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
 5392 msgstr ""
 5393 
 5394 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5395 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:404
 5396 msgid "ldap_host_search_base (string)"
 5397 msgstr ""
 5398 
 5399 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5400 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:407
 5401 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
 5402 msgstr ""
 5403 
 5404 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5405 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:411 sssd-ipa.5.xml:389 sssd-ipa.5.xml:408 sssd-ipa.5.xml:427
 5406 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446
 5407 msgid ""
 5408 "See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
 5409 "multiple search bases."
 5410 msgstr ""
 5411 
 5412 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5413 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:416 sssd-ipa.5.xml:394 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27
 5414 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
 5415 msgstr ""
 5416 
 5417 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5418 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
 5419 msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
 5420 msgstr ""
 5421 
 5422 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5423 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:428
 5424 msgid "ldap_iphost_search_base (string)"
 5425 msgstr ""
 5426 
 5427 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5428 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:433
 5429 msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_search_base (string)"
 5430 msgstr ""
 5431 
 5432 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5433 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:438
 5434 msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
 5435 msgstr ""
 5436 
 5437 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5438 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:441
 5439 msgid ""
 5440 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
 5441 "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
 5442 "is entered)"
 5443 msgstr ""
 5444 
 5445 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5446 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:447
 5447 msgid ""
 5448 "Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
 5449 "will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
 5450 "lookup types."
 5451 msgstr ""
 5452 
 5453 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5454 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:459
 5455 msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
 5456 msgstr ""
 5457 
 5458 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5459 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:462
 5460 msgid ""
 5461 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
 5462 "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
 5463 "are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
 5464 msgstr ""
 5465 
 5466 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5467 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:475
 5468 msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
 5469 msgstr ""
 5470 
 5471 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5472 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:478
 5473 msgid ""
 5474 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
 5475 "<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
 5476 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
 5477 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
 5478 "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 5479 "citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
 5480 msgstr ""
 5481 
 5482 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5483 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:501
 5484 msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
 5485 msgstr ""
 5486 
 5487 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5488 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
 5489 msgid ""
 5490 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
 5491 "will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
 5492 "communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
 5493 "operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
 5494 msgstr ""
 5495 
 5496 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5497 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:519
 5498 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
 5499 msgstr ""
 5500 
 5501 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5502 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:522
 5503 msgid ""
 5504 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
 5505 "maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
 5506 "in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
 5507 "the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
 5508 msgstr ""
 5509 
 5510 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5511 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:530
 5512 msgid ""
 5513 "This timeout can be extended of a random value specified by "
 5514 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_offset</emphasis>"
 5515 msgstr ""
 5516 
 5517 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5518 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:535 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1565
 5519 msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
 5520 msgstr ""
 5521 
 5522 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5523 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:541
 5524 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset (integer)"
 5525 msgstr ""
 5526 
 5527 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5528 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:544
 5529 msgid ""
 5530 "Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to "
 5531 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>."
 5532 msgstr ""
 5533 
 5534 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5535 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:555
 5536 msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
 5537 msgstr ""
 5538 
 5539 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5540 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:558
 5541 msgid ""
 5542 "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
 5543 "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
 5544 msgstr ""
 5545 
 5546 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5547 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:563 include/failover.xml:84
 5548 msgid "Default: 1000"
 5549 msgstr ""
 5550 
 5551 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5552 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:569
 5553 msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
 5554 msgstr ""
 5555 
 5556 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5557 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:572
 5558 msgid ""
 5559 "Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
 5560 "server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
 5561 "it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
 5562 msgstr ""
 5563 
 5564 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5565 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:578
 5566 msgid ""
 5567 "Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
 5568 "server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
 5569 msgstr ""
 5570 
 5571 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5572 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:584
 5573 msgid ""
 5574 "Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
 5575 "a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
 5576 "requests being denied."
 5577 msgstr ""
 5578 
 5579 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5580 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:596
 5581 msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
 5582 msgstr ""
 5583 
 5584 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5585 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:599
 5586 msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
 5587 msgstr ""
 5588 
 5589 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5590 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:602
 5591 msgid ""
 5592 "Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
 5593 "lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
 5594 "group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
 5595 "extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
 5596 "large groups will appear as having no members."
 5597 msgstr ""
 5598 
 5599 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5600 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:617
 5601 msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
 5602 msgstr ""
 5603 
 5604 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5605 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:620
 5606 msgid ""
 5607 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
 5608 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5609 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5610 msgstr ""
 5611 
 5612 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5613 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:626 sssd-ldap.5.xml:642
 5614 msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
 5615 msgstr ""
 5616 
 5617 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5618 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:633
 5619 msgid "ldap_sasl_maxssf (integer)"
 5620 msgstr ""
 5621 
 5622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5623 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:636
 5624 msgid ""
 5625 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the maximal "
 5626 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5627 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5628 msgstr ""
 5629 
 5630 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5631 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:649
 5632 msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)"
 5633 msgstr ""
 5634 
 5635 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5636 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:652
 5637 msgid ""
 5638 "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
 5639 "cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, "
 5640 "they are looked up individually."
 5641 msgstr ""
 5642 
 5643 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5644 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:658
 5645 msgid ""
 5646 "You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0. "
 5647 "Please note that there are some codepaths in SSSD, like the IPA HBAC "
 5648 "provider, that are only implemented using the dereference call, so even with "
 5649 "dereference explicitly disabled, those parts will still use dereference if "
 5650 "the server supports it and advertises the dereference control in the rootDSE "
 5651 "object."
 5652 msgstr ""
 5653 
 5654 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5655 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:669
 5656 msgid ""
 5657 "A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single "
 5658 "LDAP call.  Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference "
 5659 "methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active "
 5660 "Directory."
 5661 msgstr ""
 5662 
 5663 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5664 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:677
 5665 msgid ""
 5666 "<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search "
 5667 "filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled "
 5668 "regardless of this setting."
 5669 msgstr ""
 5670 
 5671 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5672 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:690
 5673 msgid "ldap_tls_reqcert (string)"
 5674 msgstr ""
 5675 
 5676 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5677 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:693
 5678 msgid ""
 5679 "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
 5680 "any. It can be specified as one of the following values:"
 5681 msgstr ""
 5682 
 5683 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5684 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:699
 5685 msgid ""
 5686 "<emphasis>never</emphasis> = The client will not request or check any server "
 5687 "certificate."
 5688 msgstr ""
 5689 
 5690 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5691 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:703
 5692 msgid ""
 5693 "<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5694 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5695 "is provided, it will be ignored and the session proceeds normally."
 5696 msgstr ""
 5697 
 5698 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5699 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:710
 5700 msgid ""
 5701 "<emphasis>try</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5702 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 5703 "is provided, the session is immediately terminated."
 5704 msgstr ""
 5705 
 5706 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5707 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:716
 5708 msgid ""
 5709 "<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 5710 "certificate is provided, or a bad certificate is provided, the session is "
 5711 "immediately terminated."
 5712 msgstr ""
 5713 
 5714 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5715 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:722
 5716 msgid "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = Same as <quote>demand</quote>"
 5717 msgstr ""
 5718 
 5719 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5720 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:726
 5721 msgid "Default: hard"
 5722 msgstr ""
 5723 
 5724 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5725 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:732
 5726 msgid "ldap_tls_cacert (string)"
 5727 msgstr ""
 5728 
 5729 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5730 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:735
 5731 msgid ""
 5732 "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
 5733 "Authorities that <command>sssd</command> will recognize."
 5734 msgstr ""
 5735 
 5736 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5737 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:740 sssd-ldap.5.xml:758 sssd-ldap.5.xml:799
 5738 msgid ""
 5739 "Default: use OpenLDAP defaults, typically in <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap."
 5740 "conf</filename>"
 5741 msgstr ""
 5742 
 5743 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5744 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:747
 5745 msgid "ldap_tls_cacertdir (string)"
 5746 msgstr ""
 5747 
 5748 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5749 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:750
 5750 msgid ""
 5751 "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
 5752 "certificates in separate individual files. Typically the file names need to "
 5753 "be the hash of the certificate followed by '.0'.  If available, "
 5754 "<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> can be used to create the correct names."
 5755 msgstr ""
 5756 
 5757 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5758 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:765
 5759 msgid "ldap_tls_cert (string)"
 5760 msgstr ""
 5761 
 5762 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5763 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:768
 5764 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
 5765 msgstr ""
 5766 
 5767 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5768 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:778
 5769 msgid "ldap_tls_key (string)"
 5770 msgstr ""
 5771 
 5772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5773 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:781
 5774 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
 5775 msgstr ""
 5776 
 5777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5778 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:790
 5779 msgid "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (string)"
 5780 msgstr ""
 5781 
 5782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5783 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:793
 5784 msgid ""
 5785 "Specifies acceptable cipher suites.  Typically this is a colon separated "
 5786 "list.  See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
 5787 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for format."
 5788 msgstr ""
 5789 
 5790 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5791 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:806
 5792 msgid "ldap_id_use_start_tls (boolean)"
 5793 msgstr ""
 5794 
 5795 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5796 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:809
 5797 msgid ""
 5798 "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem class="
 5799 "\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel."
 5800 msgstr ""
 5801 
 5802 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5803 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:819
 5804 msgid "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)"
 5805 msgstr ""
 5806 
 5807 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5808 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:822
 5809 msgid ""
 5810 "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
 5811 "ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
 5812 "on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
 5813 msgstr ""
 5814 
 5815 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5816 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:828
 5817 msgid "Currently this feature supports only ActiveDirectory objectSID mapping."
 5818 msgstr ""
 5819 
 5820 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5821 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:838
 5822 msgid "ldap_min_id, ldap_max_id (integer)"
 5823 msgstr ""
 5824 
 5825 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5826 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:841
 5827 msgid ""
 5828 "In contrast to the SID based ID mapping which is used if ldap_id_mapping is "
 5829 "set to true the allowed ID range for ldap_user_uid_number and "
 5830 "ldap_group_gid_number is unbound. In a setup with sub/trusted-domains this "
 5831 "might lead to ID collisions. To avoid collisions ldap_min_id and ldap_max_id "
 5832 "can be set to restrict the allowed range for the IDs which are read directly "
 5833 "from the server. Sub-domains can then pick other ranges to map IDs."
 5834 msgstr ""
 5835 
 5836 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5837 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:853
 5838 msgid "Default: not set (both options are set to 0)"
 5839 msgstr ""
 5840 
 5841 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5842 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:859
 5843 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech (string)"
 5844 msgstr ""
 5845 
 5846 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5847 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:862
 5848 msgid ""
 5849 "Specify the SASL mechanism to use.  Currently only GSSAPI and GSS-SPNEGO are "
 5850 "tested and supported."
 5851 msgstr ""
 5852 
 5853 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5854 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:866
 5855 msgid ""
 5856 "If the backend supports sub-domains the value of ldap_sasl_mech is "
 5857 "automatically inherited to the sub-domains. If a different value is needed "
 5858 "for a sub-domain it can be overwritten by setting ldap_sasl_mech for this "
 5859 "sub-domain explicitly.  Please see TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION in "
 5860 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 5861 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
 5862 msgstr ""
 5863 
 5864 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5865 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:882
 5866 msgid "ldap_sasl_authid (string)"
 5867 msgstr ""
 5868 
 5869 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 5870 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:894
 5871 #, no-wrap
 5872 msgid ""
 5873 "hostname@REALM\n"
 5874 "netbiosname$@REALM\n"
 5875 "host/hostname@REALM\n"
 5876 "*$@REALM\n"
 5877 "host/*@REALM\n"
 5878 "host/*\n"
 5879 "                            "
 5880 msgstr ""
 5881 
 5882 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5883 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:885
 5884 msgid ""
 5885 "Specify the SASL authorization id to use.  When GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO are used, "
 5886 "this represents the Kerberos principal used for authentication to the "
 5887 "directory.  This option can either contain the full principal (for example "
 5888 "host/myhost@EXAMPLE.COM) or just the principal name (for example host/"
 5889 "myhost).  By default, the value is not set and the following principals are "
 5890 "used: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> If none of them are "
 5891 "found, the first principal in keytab is returned."
 5892 msgstr ""
 5893 
 5894 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5895 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:905
 5896 msgid "Default: host/hostname@REALM"
 5897 msgstr ""
 5898 
 5899 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5900 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:911
 5901 msgid "ldap_sasl_realm (string)"
 5902 msgstr ""
 5903 
 5904 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5905 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:914
 5906 msgid ""
 5907 "Specify the SASL realm to use. When not specified, this option defaults to "
 5908 "the value of krb5_realm.  If the ldap_sasl_authid contains the realm as "
 5909 "well, this option is ignored."
 5910 msgstr ""
 5911 
 5912 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5913 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:920
 5914 msgid "Default: the value of krb5_realm."
 5915 msgstr ""
 5916 
 5917 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5918 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:926
 5919 msgid "ldap_sasl_canonicalize (boolean)"
 5920 msgstr ""
 5921 
 5922 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5923 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:929
 5924 msgid ""
 5925 "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
 5926 "canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
 5927 msgstr ""
 5928 
 5929 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5930 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:934
 5931 msgid "Default: false;"
 5932 msgstr ""
 5933 
 5934 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5935 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:940
 5936 msgid "ldap_krb5_keytab (string)"
 5937 msgstr ""
 5938 
 5939 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5940 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:943
 5941 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO."
 5942 msgstr ""
 5943 
 5944 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5945 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:947
 5946 msgid "Default: System keytab, normally <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>"
 5947 msgstr ""
 5948 
 5949 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5950 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:953
 5951 msgid "ldap_krb5_init_creds (boolean)"
 5952 msgstr ""
 5953 
 5954 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5955 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:956
 5956 msgid ""
 5957 "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT).  This "
 5958 "action is performed only if SASL is used and the mechanism selected is "
 5959 "GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO."
 5960 msgstr ""
 5961 
 5962 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5963 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:968
 5964 msgid "ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime (integer)"
 5965 msgstr ""
 5966 
 5967 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5968 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:971
 5969 msgid ""
 5970 "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI or GSS-SPNEGO is used."
 5971 msgstr ""
 5972 
 5973 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5974 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:975 sssd-ad.5.xml:1229
 5975 msgid "Default: 86400 (24 hours)"
 5976 msgstr ""
 5977 
 5978 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5979 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:981 sssd-krb5.5.xml:74
 5980 msgid "krb5_server, krb5_backup_server (string)"
 5981 msgstr ""
 5982 
 5983 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5984 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:984
 5985 msgid ""
 5986 "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
 5987 "Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference. "
 5988 "For more information on failover and server redundancy, see the "
 5989 "<quote>FAILOVER</quote> section. An optional port number (preceded by a "
 5990 "colon) may be appended to the addresses or hostnames.  If empty, service "
 5991 "discovery is enabled - for more information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE "
 5992 "DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5993 msgstr ""
 5994 
 5995 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5996 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:996 sssd-krb5.5.xml:89
 5997 msgid ""
 5998 "When using service discovery for KDC or kpasswd servers, SSSD first searches "
 5999 "for DNS entries that specify _udp as the protocol and falls back to _tcp if "
 6000 "none are found."
 6001 msgstr ""
 6002 
 6003 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6004 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1001 sssd-krb5.5.xml:94
 6005 msgid ""
 6006 "This option was named <quote>krb5_kdcip</quote> in earlier releases of SSSD. "
 6007 "While the legacy name is recognized for the time being, users are advised to "
 6008 "migrate their config files to use <quote>krb5_server</quote> instead."
 6009 msgstr ""
 6010 
 6011 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6012 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1010 sssd-ipa.5.xml:458 sssd-krb5.5.xml:103
 6013 msgid "krb5_realm (string)"
 6014 msgstr ""
 6015 
 6016 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6017 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1013
 6018 msgid "Specify the Kerberos REALM (for SASL/GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO auth)."
 6019 msgstr ""
 6020 
 6021 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6022 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1017
 6023 msgid "Default: System defaults, see <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>"
 6024 msgstr ""
 6025 
 6026 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6027 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1023 sssd-krb5.5.xml:462
 6028 msgid "krb5_canonicalize (boolean)"
 6029 msgstr ""
 6030 
 6031 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6032 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1026
 6033 msgid ""
 6034 "Specifies if the host principal should be canonicalized when connecting to "
 6035 "LDAP server. This feature is available with MIT Kerberos >= 1.7"
 6036 msgstr ""
 6037 
 6038 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6039 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1038 sssd-krb5.5.xml:477
 6040 msgid "krb5_use_kdcinfo (boolean)"
 6041 msgstr ""
 6042 
 6043 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6044 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1041 sssd-krb5.5.xml:480
 6045 msgid ""
 6046 "Specifies if the SSSD should instruct the Kerberos libraries what realm and "
 6047 "which KDCs to use. This option is on by default, if you disable it, you need "
 6048 "to configure the Kerberos library using the <citerefentry> "
 6049 "<refentrytitle>krb5.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 6050 "citerefentry> configuration file."
 6051 msgstr ""
 6052 
 6053 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6054 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1052 sssd-krb5.5.xml:491
 6055 msgid ""
 6056 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd_krb5_locator_plugin</"
 6057 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more "
 6058 "information on the locator plugin."
 6059 msgstr ""
 6060 
 6061 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6062 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1066
 6063 msgid "ldap_pwd_policy (string)"
 6064 msgstr ""
 6065 
 6066 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6067 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1069
 6068 msgid ""
 6069 "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side. "
 6070 "The following values are allowed:"
 6071 msgstr ""
 6072 
 6073 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6074 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1074
 6075 msgid ""
 6076 "<emphasis>none</emphasis> - No evaluation on the client side. This option "
 6077 "cannot disable server-side password policies."
 6078 msgstr ""
 6079 
 6080 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6081 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1079
 6082 msgid ""
 6083 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis> - Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>shadow</"
 6084 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> style attributes to "
 6085 "evaluate if the password has expired."
 6086 msgstr ""
 6087 
 6088 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6089 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1085
 6090 msgid ""
 6091 "<emphasis>mit_kerberos</emphasis> - Use the attributes used by MIT Kerberos "
 6092 "to determine if the password has expired. Use chpass_provider=krb5 to update "
 6093 "these attributes when the password is changed."
 6094 msgstr ""
 6095 
 6096 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6097 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1094
 6098 msgid ""
 6099 "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: if a password policy is configured on server "
 6100 "side, it always takes precedence over policy set with this option."
 6101 msgstr ""
 6102 
 6103 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6104 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1102
 6105 msgid "ldap_referrals (boolean)"
 6106 msgstr ""
 6107 
 6108 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6109 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1105
 6110 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
 6111 msgstr ""
 6112 
 6113 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6114 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1109
 6115 msgid ""
 6116 "Please note that sssd only supports referral chasing when it is compiled "
 6117 "with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or higher."
 6118 msgstr ""
 6119 
 6120 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6121 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1114
 6122 msgid ""
 6123 "Chasing referrals may incur a performance penalty in environments that use "
 6124 "them heavily, a notable example is Microsoft Active Directory. If your setup "
 6125 "does not in fact require the use of referrals, setting this option to false "
 6126 "might bring a noticeable performance improvement.  Setting this option to "
 6127 "false is therefore recommended in case the SSSD LDAP provider is used "
 6128 "together with Microsoft Active Directory as a backend. Even if SSSD would be "
 6129 "able to follow the referral to a different AD DC no additional data would be "
 6130 "available."
 6131 msgstr ""
 6132 
 6133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6134 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1133
 6135 msgid "ldap_dns_service_name (string)"
 6136 msgstr ""
 6137 
 6138 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6139 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1136
 6140 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
 6141 msgstr ""
 6142 
 6143 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6144 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1140
 6145 msgid "Default: ldap"
 6146 msgstr ""
 6147 
 6148 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6149 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1146
 6150 msgid "ldap_chpass_dns_service_name (string)"
 6151 msgstr ""
 6152 
 6153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6154 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1149
 6155 msgid ""
 6156 "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
 6157 "password changes when service discovery is enabled."
 6158 msgstr ""
 6159 
 6160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6161 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1154
 6162 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. service discovery is disabled"
 6163 msgstr ""
 6164 
 6165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6166 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1160
 6167 msgid "ldap_chpass_update_last_change (bool)"
 6168 msgstr ""
 6169 
 6170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6171 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1163
 6172 msgid ""
 6173 "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
 6174 "days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
 6175 msgstr ""
 6176 
 6177 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6178 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1175
 6179 msgid "ldap_access_filter (string)"
 6180 msgstr ""
 6181 
 6182 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6183 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1178
 6184 msgid ""
 6185 "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
 6186 "this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criteria that "
 6187 "must be met for the user to be granted access on this host. If "
 6188 "access_provider = ldap, ldap_access_order = filter and this option is not "
 6189 "set, it will result in all users being denied access.  Use access_provider = "
 6190 "permit to change this default behavior. Please note that this filter is "
 6191 "applied on the LDAP user entry only and thus filtering based on nested "
 6192 "groups may not work (e.g. memberOf attribute on AD entries points only to "
 6193 "direct parents). If filtering based on nested groups is required, please see "
 6194 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
 6195 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 6196 msgstr ""
 6197 
 6198 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6199 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1198
 6200 msgid "Example:"
 6201 msgstr ""
 6202 
 6203 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
 6204 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1201
 6205 #, no-wrap
 6206 msgid ""
 6207 "access_provider = ldap\n"
 6208 "ldap_access_filter = (employeeType=admin)\n"
 6209 "                        "
 6210 msgstr ""
 6211 
 6212 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6213 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1205
 6214 msgid ""
 6215 "This example means that access to this host is restricted to users whose "
 6216 "employeeType attribute is set to \"admin\"."
 6217 msgstr ""
 6218 
 6219 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6220 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1210
 6221 msgid ""
 6222 "Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether the "
 6223 "user's last online login was granted access permission. If they were granted "
 6224 "access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access "
 6225 "while offline and vice versa."
 6226 msgstr ""
 6227 
 6228 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6229 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1218 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1275
 6230 msgid "Default: Empty"
 6231 msgstr ""
 6232 
 6233 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6234 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1224
 6235 msgid "ldap_account_expire_policy (string)"
 6236 msgstr ""
 6237 
 6238 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6239 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1227
 6240 msgid ""
 6241 "With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
 6242 "be enabled."
 6243 msgstr ""
 6244 
 6245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6246 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1231
 6247 msgid ""
 6248 "Please note that it is always recommended to use server side access control, "
 6249 "i.e. the LDAP server should deny the bind request with a suitable error code "
 6250 "even if the password is correct."
 6251 msgstr ""
 6252 
 6253 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6254 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1238
 6255 msgid "The following values are allowed:"
 6256 msgstr ""
 6257 
 6258 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6259 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1241
 6260 msgid ""
 6261 "<emphasis>shadow</emphasis>: use the value of ldap_user_shadow_expire to "
 6262 "determine if the account is expired."
 6263 msgstr ""
 6264 
 6265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6266 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1246
 6267 msgid ""
 6268 "<emphasis>ad</emphasis>: use the value of the 32bit field "
 6269 "ldap_user_ad_user_account_control and allow access if the second bit is not "
 6270 "set. If the attribute is missing access is granted. Also the expiration time "
 6271 "of the account is checked."
 6272 msgstr ""
 6273 
 6274 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6275 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1253
 6276 msgid ""
 6277 "<emphasis>rhds</emphasis>, <emphasis>ipa</emphasis>, <emphasis>389ds</"
 6278 "emphasis>: use the value of ldap_ns_account_lock to check if access is "
 6279 "allowed or not."
 6280 msgstr ""
 6281 
 6282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6283 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1259
 6284 msgid ""
 6285 "<emphasis>nds</emphasis>: the values of "
 6286 "ldap_user_nds_login_allowed_time_map, ldap_user_nds_login_disabled and "
 6287 "ldap_user_nds_login_expiration_time are used to check if access is allowed. "
 6288 "If both attributes are missing access is granted."
 6289 msgstr ""
 6290 
 6291 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6292 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1268
 6293 msgid ""
 6294 "Please note that the ldap_access_order configuration option <emphasis>must</"
 6295 "emphasis> include <quote>expire</quote> in order for the "
 6296 "ldap_account_expire_policy option to work."
 6297 msgstr ""
 6298 
 6299 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6300 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1281
 6301 msgid "ldap_access_order (string)"
 6302 msgstr ""
 6303 
 6304 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6305 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1284
 6306 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options.  Allowed values are:"
 6307 msgstr ""
 6308 
 6309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6310 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1288
 6311 msgid "<emphasis>filter</emphasis>: use ldap_access_filter"
 6312 msgstr ""
 6313 
 6314 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6315 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1291
 6316 msgid ""
 6317 "<emphasis>lockout</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6318 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6319 "and has value of '000001010000Z'. Please see the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  "
 6320 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6321 "work."
 6322 msgstr ""
 6323 
 6324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6325 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1301
 6326 msgid ""
 6327 "<emphasis> Please note that this option is superseded by the <quote>ppolicy</"
 6328 "quote> option and might be removed in a future release.  </emphasis>"
 6329 msgstr ""
 6330 
 6331 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6332 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1308
 6333 msgid ""
 6334 "<emphasis>ppolicy</emphasis>: use account locking.  If set, this option "
 6335 "denies access in case that ldap attribute 'pwdAccountLockedTime' is present "
 6336 "and has value of '000001010000Z' or represents any time in the past.  The "
 6337 "value of the 'pwdAccountLockedTime' attribute must end with 'Z', which "
 6338 "denotes the UTC time zone.  Other time zones are not currently supported and "
 6339 "will result in \"access-denied\" when users attempt to log in.  Please see "
 6340 "the option ldap_pwdlockout_dn.  Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' "
 6341 "must be set for this feature to work."
 6342 msgstr ""
 6343 
 6344 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6345 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1325
 6346 msgid "<emphasis>expire</emphasis>: use ldap_account_expire_policy"
 6347 msgstr ""
 6348 
 6349 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6350 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1329
 6351 msgid ""
 6352 "<emphasis>pwd_expire_policy_reject, pwd_expire_policy_warn, "
 6353 "pwd_expire_policy_renew: </emphasis> These options are useful if users are "
 6354 "interested in being warned that password is about to expire and "
 6355 "authentication is based on using a different method than passwords - for "
 6356 "example SSH keys."
 6357 msgstr ""
 6358 
 6359 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6360 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1339
 6361 msgid ""
 6362 "The difference between these options is the action taken if user password is "
 6363 "expired: pwd_expire_policy_reject - user is denied to log in, "
 6364 "pwd_expire_policy_warn - user is still able to log in, "
 6365 "pwd_expire_policy_renew - user is prompted to change his password "
 6366 "immediately."
 6367 msgstr ""
 6368 
 6369 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6370 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1347
 6371 msgid ""
 6372 "Note If user password is expired no explicit message is prompted by SSSD."
 6373 msgstr ""
 6374 
 6375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6376 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1351
 6377 msgid ""
 6378 "Please note that 'access_provider = ldap' must be set for this feature to "
 6379 "work. Also 'ldap_pwd_policy' must be set to an appropriate password policy."
 6380 msgstr ""
 6381 
 6382 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6383 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1356
 6384 msgid ""
 6385 "<emphasis>authorized_service</emphasis>: use the authorizedService attribute "
 6386 "to determine access"
 6387 msgstr ""
 6388 
 6389 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6390 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1361
 6391 msgid "<emphasis>host</emphasis>: use the host attribute to determine access"
 6392 msgstr ""
 6393 
 6394 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6395 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1365
 6396 msgid ""
 6397 "<emphasis>rhost</emphasis>: use the rhost attribute to determine whether "
 6398 "remote host can access"
 6399 msgstr ""
 6400 
 6401 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6402 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1369
 6403 msgid ""
 6404 "Please note, rhost field in pam is set by application, it is better to check "
 6405 "what the application sends to pam, before enabling this access control option"
 6406 msgstr ""
 6407 
 6408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6409 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1374
 6410 msgid "Default: filter"
 6411 msgstr ""
 6412 
 6413 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6414 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1377
 6415 msgid ""
 6416 "Please note that it is a configuration error if a value is used more than "
 6417 "once."
 6418 msgstr ""
 6419 
 6420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6421 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1384
 6422 msgid "ldap_pwdlockout_dn (string)"
 6423 msgstr ""
 6424 
 6425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6426 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1387
 6427 msgid ""
 6428 "This option specifies the DN of password policy entry on LDAP server. Please "
 6429 "note that absence of this option in sssd.conf in case of enabled account "
 6430 "lockout checking will yield access denied as ppolicy attributes on LDAP "
 6431 "server cannot be checked properly."
 6432 msgstr ""
 6433 
 6434 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6435 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1395
 6436 msgid "Example: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,dc=example,dc=com"
 6437 msgstr ""
 6438 
 6439 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6440 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1398
 6441 msgid "Default: cn=ppolicy,ou=policies,$ldap_search_base"
 6442 msgstr ""
 6443 
 6444 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6445 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1404
 6446 msgid "ldap_deref (string)"
 6447